US20160346424A1 - Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair - Google Patents

Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160346424A1
US20160346424A1 US15/137,293 US201615137293A US2016346424A1 US 20160346424 A1 US20160346424 A1 US 20160346424A1 US 201615137293 A US201615137293 A US 201615137293A US 2016346424 A1 US2016346424 A1 US 2016346424A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
hernia
tissue
support
medhesive
procedure
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/137,293
Inventor
Bruce P. Lee
Jeffrey L. Dalsin
John L. Murphy
Laura Vollenweider
Arinne N. Lyman
Fangmin Xu
Jediah White
William D. Lew
Michael Brodie
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
DSM IP Assets BV
Original Assignee
Kensey Nash Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kensey Nash Corp filed Critical Kensey Nash Corp
Priority to US15/137,293 priority Critical patent/US20160346424A1/en
Publication of US20160346424A1 publication Critical patent/US20160346424A1/en
Assigned to DSM BIOMEDICAL INC. reassignment DSM BIOMEDICAL INC. MERGER AND CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DSM BIOMEDICAL INC., KENSEY NASH CORPORATION
Assigned to DSM IP ASSETS B.V. reassignment DSM IP ASSETS B.V. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DSM BIOMEDICAL INC.
Assigned to DSM IP ASSETS B.V. reassignment DSM IP ASSETS B.V. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KENSEY NASH CORP
Assigned to KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC. reassignment KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NERITES CORPORATION
Assigned to KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC reassignment KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BRODIE, MICHAEL, XU, FANGMIN, DALSIN, JEFFREY L., LEE, BRUCE P, LEW, WILLIAM D, LYMAN, ARINNE N., MURPHY, JOHN L., VOLLENWEIDER, LAURA, WHITE, JEDIAH
Assigned to KENSEY NASH CORPORATION reassignment KENSEY NASH CORPORATION MERGER AND CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KENSEY NASH CORPORATION, KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L24/00—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices
    • A61L24/001—Use of materials characterised by their function or physical properties
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/0063—Implantable repair or support meshes, e.g. hernia meshes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L24/00—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices
    • A61L24/0005—Ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L24/00—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices
    • A61L24/04—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices containing macromolecular materials
    • A61L24/043—Mixtures of macromolecular materials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L24/00—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices
    • A61L24/04—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices containing macromolecular materials
    • A61L24/046—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices containing macromolecular materials obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L24/00—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices
    • A61L24/04—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices containing macromolecular materials
    • A61L24/06—Surgical adhesives or cements; Adhesives for colostomy devices containing macromolecular materials obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J171/00—Adhesives based on polyethers obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J171/02—Polyalkylene oxides

Definitions

  • This invention was made with government support under NIH (1R43DE017827-01, 2R44DE017827-02, 1R43GM080774-01, 1R43DK080547-01, 1R43DK083199-01, 2R44DK083199-02, 1R43AR056519-01A1) and NSF (IIP-0912221, IIP-1013156) grants.
  • the government has certain rights in the invention.
  • the invention relates generally to new synthetic medical adhesives which exploit the key components of natural marine mussel adhesive proteins.
  • the method exploits a biological strategy to modify surfaces that exhibit adhesive properties useful in a diverse array of medical applications.
  • the invention describes the use of peptides that mimic natural adhesive proteins in their composition and adhesive properties. These adhesive moieties are coupled to a polymer chain, and provide adhesive and cross-linking (cohesive properties) to the synthetic polymer.
  • MAPs Mussel adhesive proteins
  • DOPA L-3-4-dihydroxyphenylalanine
  • tissue adhesive or sealant In the medical arena, few adhesives exist which provide both robust adhesion in a wet environment and suitable mechanical properties to be used as a tissue adhesive or sealant.
  • fibrin-based tissue sealants e.g. Tisseel VH, Baxter Healthcare
  • cyanoacrylate adhesives e.g. Dermabond, ETHICON, Inc.
  • the present invention provides phenyl derivative polymers.
  • blends of the compounds of the invention described herein can be prepared with various polymers.
  • Polymers suitable for blending with the compounds of the invention are selected to impart non-covalent interactions with the compound(s), such as hydrophobic-hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonding with an oxygen atom on PEG and a substrate surface. These interactions can increase the cohesive properties of the film to a substrate. If a biopolymer is used, it can introduce specific bioactivity to the film, (i.e. biocompatibility, cell binding, immunogenicity, etc.).
  • Class 1 includes: Hydrophobic polymers (polyesters, PPG) with terminal functional groups (—OH, COOH, etc.), linear PCL-diols (MW 600-2000), branched PCL-triols (MW 900), wherein PCL can be replaced with PLA, PGA, PLAGA, and other polyesters.
  • PCL and PLA can be replaced with PGA, PLGA, and other polyesters.
  • Pluronic polymers (triblock, diblock of various MW) and other PEG, PPG block copolymers are also suitable.
  • Class 3 includes hydrophilic polymers with multiple functional groups (—OH, —NH2, —COOH) along the polymeric backbone. These include, for example, PVA (MW 10,000-100,000), poly acrylates and poly methacrylates, and polyethylene imines.
  • Class 4 includes biopolymers such as polysaccharides, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, cellulose, or proteins, etc. which contain functional groups.
  • PCL polycaprolactone
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • PGA Polyglycolic acid
  • PLGA a random copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid
  • PPG polypropyl glycol
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • the compounds of the invention can be coated multiple times to form bi, tri, etc. layers.
  • the layers can be of the compounds of the invention per se, or of blends of a compound(s) and polymer, or combinations of a compound layer and a blend layer, etc.
  • constructs can also include such layering of the compounds per se, blends thereof, and/or combinations of layers of a compound(s) per se and a blend or blends.
  • tissue sealants adhesives of the invention described throughout the specification can be utilized for wound closure and materials of this type are often referred to as tissue sealants or surgical adhesives.
  • the compounds of the invention can be applied to a suitable substrate surface as a film or coating. Application of the compound(s) to the surface inhibits or reduces the growth of biofilm (bacteria) on the surface relative to an untreated substrate surface. In other embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be employed as an adhesive.
  • Exemplary applications include, but are not limited to fixation of synthetic (resorbable and non-resorbable) and biological membranes and meshes for hernia repair, void-eliminating adhesive for reduction of post-surgical seroma formation in general and cosmetic surgeries, fixation of synthetic (resorbable and non-resorbable) and biological membranes and meshes for tendon and ligament repair, sealing incisions after ophthalmic surgery, sealing of venous catheter access sites, bacterial barrier for percutaneous devices, as a contraceptive device, a bacterial barrier and/or drug depot for oral surgeries (e.g. tooth extraction, tonsillectomy, cleft palate, etc.), for articular cartilage repair, for antifouling or anti-bacterial adhesion.
  • fixation of synthetic (resorbable and non-resorbable) and biological membranes and meshes for hernia repair void-eliminating adhesive for reduction of post-surgical seroma formation in general and cosmetic surgeries
  • bioadhesives of the present invention are described, for example, in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/365,049, filed Jul. 16, 2010, entitled “BIOADHESIVE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF SYNTHESIS AND USE”, and employed in constructs with polymer blends as described, for example in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/023382, International Filing Date: 5-Feb.-2010 entitled: “BIOADHESIVE CONSTRUCTS WITH POLYMER BLENDS”, both of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • FIGS. 1-221 show compounds as embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 222 shows a mechanical failure adhesive testing curve.
  • FIG. 223 shows mean wound yield strength
  • FIG. 224 shows mean wound ultimate strength.
  • FIG. 225 shows histological micrographs at 4-hours.
  • FIG. 226 shows histological micrographs at 3 days.
  • FIG. 227 shows histological micrographs at 7 days.
  • FIG. 228 shows the small intestine burst test apparatus
  • FIG. 229 shows burst testing results for M113 (30wt %)+PVA (89-98 kDa) applied to sutured defect in porcine small intestine.
  • FIG. 230 shows the in vitro degradation profile of adhesive films incubated at 37° C. in PBS (pH 7.4).
  • FIG. 231 shows a photograph of adhesive film (4 cm ⁇ 8 cm, (A)) coated onto a 6 cm ⁇ 8 cm segment of BioTape (B).
  • FIG. 233 shows A) a schematic of tri-layer adhesive film coated onto a biologic mesh, and B) lap shear adhesion strength (left y-axis) of adhesive-coated bovine pericardium, and tensile elastic modulus (right y-axis) of polymer films.
  • FIG. 234 shows photographs of sutured tendon (left), and sutured tendon augmented with adhesive-coated bovine pericardium wrap (right).
  • FIG. 235 shows a tensile failure test of a tendon repaired with suture alone (top panel), and representative curves for each type of repaired tendon (bottom panel).
  • Toe region (2) dashed line indicating the slope or the linear stiffness of the repaired tendon, (3) arrows indicating the first parallel suture being pulled off, which is considered failure of the repair (failure load), (4) energy to failure as calculated by the area under the curve up to the failure load, and (5) peak load where 3-loop suture begins to fail.
  • FIG. 236 shows a thin film adhesive and a thin film adhesive coated onto a synthetic mesh (pre-coated mesh adhesive).
  • FIG. 237 shows a pre-coated mesh adhesive attached to bovine pericardium.
  • FIG. 238 shows a pre-coated adhesive mesh
  • FIG. 239 shows an adhesive test assembly
  • FIG. 240 shows a mounted test assembly
  • FIG. 241 shows that failure observed with Mehesive-054+20% PEG-PLA arose from failure of the synthetic mesh material.
  • FIG. 242 shows Medhesive-054 during tensile testing. Transverse deformation of the mesh contributes to failure of the adhesive joint.
  • FIG. 243 shows metal locator wires which had been inserted into the lumen of an artery.
  • FIG. 244 shows Medhesive-096 applied to the annulus of fabric surrounding a colostomy bag collection port.
  • FIG. 245 shows translucent bovine pericardium adhered to a Medhesive-coated ostomy collection port.
  • FIG. 246 shows a that a Medhesive-coated ostomy collection port creates a water tight seal with soft tissue.
  • FIG. 247 shows a histologic section showing adhesive-coated (Left box) and non-coated (Right box) regions.
  • FIG. 248 shows a magnified region of mesh coated with adhesive showing signs of tissue in-growth into the mesh.
  • FIG. 249 shows a region of mesh not coated with adhesive with scar plate encapsulating the mesh fibers.
  • FIG. 250 shows a low magnification scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image showing the top adhesive surface of Medhesive-096 coated BioTape.
  • FIG. 251 shows a low magnification SEM image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape.
  • FIG. 252 shows a low magnification SEM image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape.
  • FIG. 253 shows a SEM image of the adhesive surface at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 254 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 255 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 256 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 257 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 258 shows the percent dry mass remaining for 240 g/m 2 Medhesive-132 coated on PE mesh incubated in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37° C.
  • FIG. 259 shows a photograph of adhesive coated on a PTFE (Motif) mesh.
  • FIG. 260 shows peak lap shear stress of adhesive coated on PTFE mesh.
  • Adhesive coating density is 150 g/m 2 .
  • FIG. 261 shows peak lap shear stress of adhesive coated on PTFE mesh at a coating density of 240 g/m 2 .
  • FIG. 262 shows an embodiment of a chemical structure of an adhesive polymer.
  • FIG. 263 shows a degradation profile of polymer films performed at 55° C.
  • FIG. 264 shows schematic diagrams of A) lap shear and B) burst strength tests.
  • FIG. 265 shows the pressure required to burst through the adhesive joint sealed with adhesive-coated bovine pericardium. Dashed lines represent reported abdominal pressure range. Solid line represents statistical equivalence (p>0.05).
  • FIG. 266 shows lap shear adhesive strength required to separate an adhesive joint formed using adhesive-coated bovine pericardium. Solid line represents statistical equivalence (p>0.05).
  • FIG. 267 shows lap shear adhesive strength required to separate an adhesive joint formed using adhesive-coated bovine pericardium.
  • FIG. 268 shows in vitro degradation of adhesive-coated PE meshes incubated in PBS at 37° C.
  • FIG. 269 shows a lap shear test performed on Medhesive-137/Medhesive-138 films embedded with NaIO 4 . Both meshes had a weight of 30 g/m 2 .
  • FIG. 270 shows a schematic diagram of multi-layered design for embedding oxidant in a non-adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive comes into contact with the aqueous medium (A)
  • the films swell and the embedded oxidant dissolves and diffuses to the adhesive layer, which oxidizes the catechol (B), and interfacial binding occurs between the adhesive layer and the tissue surface (C).
  • FIG. 271 shows adhesive-coated mesh attached to the peritoneum after activation.
  • FIG. 272 shows adhesive-coated mesh adhered tightly to peritoneum with no curling, post-surgical adhesion, and shrinkage at day 7.
  • FIG. 273 shows an H&E stain of harvested implant site at 10 ⁇ objective magnification showing thin scar plate formation.
  • the black line marks the thickness of the adhesive.
  • FIG. 274 shows the dimensions of an adhesive-coated mesh with uncoated regions (10-mm diameter circles).
  • FIG. 275 shows an adhesive coated onto PE mesh in a pattern.
  • FIG. 276 shows inserting the patterned adhesive mesh in between the peritoneum and the abdominal muscle wall.
  • FIG. 277 shows a photograph of in situ activated adhesive-coated mesh with the construct conforming to the shape of the tissue.
  • FIG. 278 shows a photograph of a patterned adhesive-coated mesh observed bendath a layer of peritoneum after 14-days of implantation.
  • the arrows point to regions not coated with adhesive, with the adhesive construct conforming to the tissue.
  • FIG. 279 shows a photograph of a patterned adhesive-coated mesh after subjection to mechanical testing.
  • the arrows point to areas not coated with adhesive demonstrating a significant amount of tissue ingrowth, with tissue remaining attached to the mesh.
  • the dashed line indicate mesh tears during tensile testing.
  • FIG. 280 shows the maximum tensile strength of adhesive films compared to polyester (PE) mesh.
  • the dashed lines indicate tensile strength ranges of the abdominal wall. “ ⁇ ” indicates no statistical difference (p>0.05).
  • Table 1 provides the Medhesive number, name, description and figure number of compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. No QuadraSeal-D PEG10k-(Boc- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 1 DOPA) 4 MW) coupled with terminal N-Boc- DOPA.
  • FIG. 14 DxLy consisted of 50 wt % PEG (1k MW) and 50 wt % polycaprolactone (2k MW) grafted with dopamine. Chain extension achieved with fumaryl chloride and grafted with MPA. Medhesive-005 Gelatin75-g-DM Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 15 grafted with dopamine.
  • Medhesive-006 p(DMA3-AAm) Polymerized from equal DMA3 and FIG. 16 acrylamide.
  • DMA3 accounts for 20-25 wt % Medhesive-007 Gelatin75CA-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine)
  • FIG. 17 p(DMA3) grafted with polyDMA3.
  • CTA chain transfer agent
  • Medhesive-008 p(DMA3-AAm- Polymerized from equal DMA3, FIG. 18 AMPS) acrylamide, and AMPS.
  • DMA3 accounts for 20-25 wt % and AMPS accounts for 10 wt %.
  • FIG. 22 p(DMA3) grafted with polyDMA3. Polymerization directly on gelatin. Medhesive-013 Gelatin75-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 23 DOPA grafted with DOPA. Medhesive-014 p(ED2kLys-g- Linear, repeating Jeffamine ED- FIG. 24 DM) 2001 (1.9k MW) and lysine grafted with dopamine. Chain extension achieved through succinyl chloride. Medhesive-015 p(EG600HMPA- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 25 g-DM) and bis-hydroxymethyl propionic acid (DMPA) grafted with dopamine. Chain extension achieved through succinyl chloride.
  • Medhesive-016 p(DMA3-AMPS- Polymerized from equal DMA3, FIG. 26 VP) VP, and AMPS. DMA3 accounts for 5-10 wt %.
  • Medhesive-018 p(EG300Asp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (300 MW) FIG. 28 DH) and Asp grafted with DOHA. Chain extension achieved through melt polycondensation.
  • Medhesive-019 p(EG600Asp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 29 DH) and Asp grafted with DOHA.
  • Medhesive-023 p(EG1kLys-g-DL) Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW) FIG. 33 and Lys grafted with dopamine- lysine. Chain extension achieved through activation of PEG-OH with phosgene and NHS. Medhesive-024 p(EG1kCL1kGLys- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW), FIG. 34 g-DM) PCL-(Gly-TSA) (25 wt %, 1250 MW) and Lys grafted with dopamine. Chain extension achieved through activation with triphosgene and NHS.
  • Medhesive-027 p(EG600[EG1kCL2kG]Lys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 37 g-DL) copolymer (PCL-diol (25 wt %, 2000 MW), PEG (10 wt % 1000 MW), and Lys grafted with dopamine-Lys. Chain extension achieved through activation with phosgene and NHS. Medhesive-028 p(EG600EG8kLys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 38 g-DM) PEG (10 wt %, 8000 MW), and Lys grafted with dopamine. Chain extension achieved through activation with phosgene and NHS.
  • DH Chain extension achieved through melt polycondensation.
  • Branching achieved with 4-arm PEG(10k).
  • Medhesive-032 Branched Branched, repeating PEG (600 Mw)
  • FIG. 42 p(EG600Asp-g- and Asp grafted with DOHA.
  • DH Chain extension achieved through melt polycondensation.
  • Branching achieved with 4-arm PEG(10k) Medhesive-033 Gel225-g-DM Gelatin 225 Bloom Type B (50,000 MW)
  • FIG. 43 grafted with dopamine.
  • Medhesive-034 HA-g-DM Hyluronic acid (low MW) grafted FIG. 44 with dopamine.
  • Medhesive-035 Gel225-g- Gelatin 225 Bloom Type B (50,000 MW)
  • FIG. 45 ED2kDH grafted with ED2k-DH.
  • Medhesive-036 p(EG1kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1000 MW)
  • FIG. 46 EG600GDH
  • Lys grafted with Gly-EG600- Gly-DOHA with ester linkage. Chain extension achieved through activation with phosgene and NHS.
  • Medhesive-037 p(EG1kAsp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1000 MW)
  • FIG. 47 EGDM
  • Medhesive-051 F2k-(GDL)2 PEG-PPG-PEG (1.9k MW 50 wt % FIG. 61 EG, EG11-PG16-EG11) end- functionalized with glycine- (DOPA x -Lys y ) peptide.
  • Medhesive-062 p[(EG10MA- Random, repeating copolymer of FIG. 72 Dmu)-EG9ME] 475 MW PEG Methyl ether methacrylate and 526 MW PEG Methacrylate with dopamine linked via urethane linkage.
  • FIG. 82 (GlyDHe)8 MW) coupled with terminal DOHA linked with glycine (ester linkage)
  • FIG. 84 (DMUrea) 6 coupled with terminal dopamine linked with urea linkage.
  • FIG. 106 g-DMu2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Dopamine. Urethane linkages. Medhesive-097 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG.
  • DOPA-DOHA peptide terminated with a short DOPA-DOHA peptide, where the DOPA is couple to the PEG-OH with ester linkage Medhesive-098 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 108 (TMuDMu)8 MW) coupled with tyramine (urethane linkage), with its sidechain phenol coupled with dopamine through urethane linkage. Medhesive-099 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 109 (ABAuDM)8 MW) coupled with 4-aminobenzoic acid (urethane linkage), with its sidechain carboxyl group coupled with dopamine through amide linkage.
  • 129 PEG35k terminated with succinic acid and dopamine as well as alpha-cyclodextrin modified with succinic acid and dopamine.
  • FIG. 142 g-DMe2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Dopamine.
  • FIG. 146 g-DMe2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 1.25k and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Dopamine. Medhesive-137 p(CL2kEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG.
  • FIG. 148 g-DMPAu2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with 3- Methoxytyramine (3-MT). Urethane linkages. Medhesive-138 p(CL2kEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 148 g-DMPAu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with 3,4- dimethoxyphenylamine. Urethane linkages. Medhesive-139 p(CL2kEG10k(GA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG.
  • FIG. 150 g-DHe2 constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with DOHA Medhesive-141 p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b- Multi-branched polymer
  • FIG. 151 g-HFe2 constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Hydroferulic Acid.
  • FIG. 152 g- constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k DMHCAe2) and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with 3,4- Dimethoxyhydrocinnamic Acid.
  • Medhesive-143 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 153 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with 3- Methoxytyramine.
  • FIG. 154 g-MTe2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-GA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with 3- Methoxytyramine.
  • Medhesive-145 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 155 constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Ferulic Acid.
  • Medhesive-146 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 156 constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with Vanillic Acid.
  • FIG. 161 polymerization of EG9ME.
  • FIG. 162 polymerization of EG4ME.
  • Surphys-006 p(DMA3- Polymerized DMA3 and EG1kMA.
  • Surphys-007 p(DMA3- Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 164 EG12AA) EG12AA (mPEG acrylamide 550MW PEG).
  • DMA3 accounts for 5-10 wt %.
  • Surphys-008 p(ED2k-g-DOHA) Linear, repeating Jeffamine FIG. 165 ED2001 (1.9kMW) grafted with DOHA. Chain extension achieved with Fumaryl Chloride.
  • Surphys-009 p(EG9ME-DMA3) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 166 4% EG9ME.
  • DMA3 accounts for 4 wt %
  • Surphys-010 p(EG9ME-DMA3) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 167 22% EG9ME.
  • DMA3 accounts for 20 wt % Surphys-011 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG.
  • DMA3 accounts for 5-10 wt %.
  • DMA3 accounts for ⁇ 5-10 wt % and HEMAP accounts for ⁇ 5 wt %.
  • FIG. 182 DMA3 accounts for 15 wt %.
  • Surphys-026 p(DMA3-HEMA) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 183 HEMA.
  • DMA3 accounts for 27 wt %.
  • Feed ratio of DMA3:HEMA:NIPAM 1:1:1
  • Feed ratio of VP:NAS 20:1
  • Surphys-041 PEI-DH Polyethyleneimine 25k, branched FIG. 198 coupled with DOHA (molar ratio 10:1 DOHA:PEI).
  • Theoretical wt % DH 6.8
  • FIG. 199 modified with mPEG-amine (2k) and dopamine.
  • Theoretical wt % of catechol 5.6%
  • Surphys-044 p(mPEG1k-DH) 5000 MW poly(acrylic acid) FIG. 201 modified with mPEG-amine (1k) and dopamine.
  • Surphys-045 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 202 g-DH4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with DOHA.
  • Surphys-046 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 203 g-DH3) from PEG600-diacid and 8-arm PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with DOHA.
  • Surphys-047 5KChitosan:PEGDMe 8-arm branched PEG capped with FIG. 204 Dopamine groups and 5000 molecular weight chitosan substituents.
  • Surphys-048 p(DMA3- Polymerized DMA3 and FIG. 205 HDFDMA) Heptadecafluorodecylmethacrylate using AIBN as the initiator.
  • Surphys-049 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 206 g-DOPA4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio) modified with N-Boc-DOPA.
  • Microgel-007 NIPAM:AAc:VMA Polymerized N- FIG. 217 isopropylacrylamide, Acrylic Acid, and Vinyl Methacrylate.
  • Surfactant is Triton X-100 and initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
  • Microgel-008 NIPAM:3AAPTAC Polymerized N- FIG. 218 BIS isopropylacrylamide, (3- Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl- ammonium chloride, and N,N′- methylenebisacrylamide.
  • Surfactant is Triton X-100 and initiator is Ammonium Persulfate
  • Microgel-009 NIPAM:3AAPTAC Polymerized N- FIG.
  • VMA isopropylacrylamide, (3- Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl- ammonium chloride, and Vinyl Methacrylate.
  • Surfactant is Triton X-100 and initiator is Ammonium Persulfate Microgel-010 NIPAM:3AAPTAC(—IO 4 ): Polymerized N- FIG. 220
  • VMA isopropylacrylamide, (3- Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl- ammonium chloride, and Vinyl Methacrylate with ion exchange of chlorine for periodate.
  • Surfactant is Triton X-100 and initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
  • Surfactant is Triton X-100 and initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
  • Alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,
  • alkyl is specifically intended to include groups having any degree or level of saturation, i.e., groups having exclusively single carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds and groups having mixtures of single, double and triple carbon-carbon bonds. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the expressions “alkanyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” are used.
  • an alkyl group comprises from 1 to 15 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 15 alkyl), more preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) and even more preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 6 alkyl or lower alkyl).
  • Alkanyl by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane.
  • Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl (isopropyl), cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methyl-propan-1-yl (isobutyl), 2-methyl-propan-2-yl (t-butyl), cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • Alkenyl by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene.
  • the group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s).
  • Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • Alkyldiyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne, or by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • the two monovalent radical centers or each valency of the divalent radical center can form bonds with the same or different atoms.
  • Typical alkyldiyl groups include, but are not limited to, methandiyl; ethyldiyls such as ethan-1,1-diyl, ethan-1,2-diyl, ethen-1,1-diyl, ethen-1,2-diyl; propyldiyls such as propan-1,1-diyl, propan-1,2-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl, cyclopropan-1,1-diyl, cyclopropan-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-en-1,2-diyl, prop-2-en-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,3-diyl, cycloprop-1-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-d
  • alkyldiyl group comprises from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-C6 alkyldiyl).
  • saturated acyclic alkanyldiyl groups in which the radical centers are at the terminal carbons, e.g., methandiyl (methano); ethan-1,2-diyl (ethano); propan-1,3-diyl (propano); butan-1,4-diyl (butano); and the like (also referred to as alkylenos, defined infra).
  • Alkyleno by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • the locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkyleno is indicated in square brackets.
  • Typical alkyleno groups include, but are not limited to, methano; ethylenos such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenos such as propano, prop[1]eno, propa[1,2]dieno, prop[1]yno, etc.; butylenos such as butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, but[1]yno, but[2]yno, buta[1,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used.
  • the alkyleno group is (C1-C6) or (C1-C3) alkyleno. Also preferred are straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
  • Alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • the locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkylene is indicated in square brackets.
  • Typical alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene (methano); ethylenes such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenes such as propano, prop[1]eno, propa[1,2]dieno, prop[1]yno, etc.; butylenes such as butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, but[1]yno, but[2]yno, buta[1,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used.
  • the alkylene group is (C1-C6) or (C1-C3) alkylene. Also preferred are straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
  • “Substituted,” when used to modify a specified group or radical, means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
  • Substituent groups useful for substituting saturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to —R a , halo, —O ⁇ , ⁇ O, —OR b , —SR b , —S ⁇ , ⁇ S, —NR c R c , ⁇ NR b , ⁇ N—OR b , trihalomethyl, —CF 3 , —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO 2 , ⁇ N 2 , —N 3 , —S(O) 2 R b , —S(O) 2 O ⁇ , —S(O) 2 OR b , —OS(O) 2 R b , —OS(
  • substituent groups useful for substituting unsaturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to, —R a , halo, —O ⁇ , —OR b , —SR b , —S ⁇ , —NR c R c , trihalomethyl, —CF 3 , —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO 2 , —N 3 , —S(O) 2 R b , —S(O) 2 O ⁇ , —S(O) 2 OR b , —OS(O) 2 R b , —OS(O) 2 O ⁇ , —OS(O) 2 OR b , —P(O)(O ⁇ ) 2 , —P(O)(OR b )(O), —P(O)(OR b )(OR b ), —C(O)R b , —C(O
  • Substituent groups useful for substituting nitrogen atoms in heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, —R a , —O ⁇ , —OR b , —SR b , —S ⁇ , —NR c R c , trihalomethyl, —CF 3 , —CN, —NO, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 R b , —S(O) 2 O ⁇ , —S(O) 2 OR b , —OS(O) 2 R b , —OS(O) 2 O ⁇ , —OS(O) 2 OR b , —P(O)(O ⁇ ) 2 , —P(O)(OR b )(O), —P(O)(OR b )(OR b ), —C(O)R b , —C(S)R b , —C(
  • the substituents used to substitute a specified group can be further substituted, typically with one or more of the same or different groups selected from the various groups specified above.
  • the identifier “PA” refers to a poly(alkylene oxide) or substantially poly(alkylene oxide) and means predominantly or mostly alkyloxide or alkyl ether in composition. This definition contemplates the presence of heteroatoms e.g., N, O, S, P, etc. and of functional groups e.g., —COOH, —NH 2 , —SH, or —OH as well as ethylenic or vinylic unsaturation. It is to be understood any such non-alkyleneoxide structures will only be present in such relative abundance as not to materially reduce, for example, the overall surfactant, non-toxicity, or immune response characteristics, as appropriate, of this polymer.
  • PAs can include terminal end groups such as PA-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 , e.g., PEG-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 (as a common form of amine terminated PA).
  • PA-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 e.g., PEG-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH 2 is also available as well as PA-O—(CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—O) xx —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—NH 2 , where xx is 0 to about 3, e.g., PEG-O—(CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )-O) xx —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—NH 2 and a PA with an acid end-group typically has a structure of PA-O—CH 2 —COOH, e.g., PEG-O—CH 2 —COOH or PA-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —COOH, e.g., PEG-O—CH 2 —CH 2 —COOH.
  • These can be considered “derivatives” of the PA. These are all contemplated as being within the scope of the invention and should not be considered
  • Suitable PAs include polyethylene oxides (PEOs), polypropylene oxides (PPOs), polyethylene glycols (PEGs) and combinations thereof that are commercially available from SunBio Corporation, JenKem Technology USA, NOF America Corporation or Creative PEGWorks. It should be understood that, for example, polyethylene oxide can be produced by ring opening polymerization of ethylene oxide as is known in the art.
  • the PA can be a block copolymer of a PEO and PPO or a PEG or a triblock copolymer of PEO/PPO/PEO.
  • Suitable MW ranges of the PA's are from about 300 to about 8,000 daltons, 400 to about 5,000 daltons or from about 450 to about 3,500 daltons.
  • the PA terminal end groups can be functionalized. Typically the end groups are OH, NH 2 , COOH, or SH. However, these groups can be converted into a halide (Cl, Br, I), an activated leaving group, such as a tosylate or mesylate, an ester, an acyl halide, N-succinimidyl carbonate, 4-nitrophenyl carbonate, and chloroformate with the leaving group being N-hydroxy succinimide, 4-nitrophenol, and Cl, respectively. etc.
  • L refers to either a linker or a linking group.
  • a “linker” refers to a moiety that has two points of attachment on either end of the moiety.
  • an alkyl dicarboxylic acid HOOC-alkyl-COOH e.g., succinic acid
  • would “link” a terminal end group of a PA such as a hydroxyl or an amine to form an ester or an amide respectively
  • a reactive group of the DHPD such as an NH 2 , OH, or COOH.
  • Suitable linkers include an acyclic hydrocarbon bridge (e.g., a saturated or unsaturated alkyleno such as methano, ethano, etheno, propano, prop[1]eno, butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, and the like), a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon bridge (e.g., [1,2]benzeno, [2,3]naphthaleno, and the like), a monocyclic or polycyclic heteroaryl bridge (e.g., [3,4]furano [2,3]furano, pyridino, thiopheno, piperidino, piperazino, pyrazidino, pyrrolidino, and the like) or combinations of such bridges, dicarbonyl alkylenes, etc.
  • acyclic hydrocarbon bridge e.g., a saturated or unsaturated alkyleno such as methan
  • Suitable dicarbonyl alkylenes include, C2 through C15 dicarbonyl alkylenes such as malonic acid, succinic acid, etc. Additionally, the anhydrides, acid halides and esters of such materials can be used to effect the linking when appropriate and can be considered “activated” dicarbonyl compounds.
  • linkers include moieties that have two different functional groups that can react and link with an end group of a PA. These include groups such as amino acids (glycine, lysine, aspartic acid, etc.), PA's as described herein, poly(ethyleneglycol) bis(carboxymethyl)ethers, polyesters such as polylactides, lactones, polylactones such as polycaprolactone, lactams, polylactams such as polycaprolactam, polyglycolic acid (PGLA), moieties such as tyramine or dopamine and random or block copolymers of 2 or more types of polyesters.
  • groups such as amino acids (glycine, lysine, aspartic acid, etc.), PA's as described herein, poly(ethyleneglycol) bis(carboxymethyl)ethers, polyesters such as polylactides, lactones, polylactones such as polycaprolactone, lactams, polylactams such as polycaprolactam, poly
  • Linkers further include compounds comprising the formula Y 4 —R 17 —C( ⁇ O)—Y 6 , wherein Y 4 is OH, NHR, a halide, or an activated derivative of OH or NHR; R 17 is a branched or unbranched C1-C15 alkyl group; and Y 6 is NHR, a halide, or OR, wherein R is defined above.
  • activated derivative refers to moieties that make the hydroxyl or amine more susceptible to nucleophilic displacement or for condensation to occur. For example, a hydroxyl group can be esterified by various reagents to provide a more active site for reaction to occur.
  • a linking group refers to the reaction product of the terminal end moieties of the PA and DHPD (the situation where “b” is 0; no linker present) condense to form an amide, ether, ester, urea, carbonate or urethane linkage depending on the reactive sites on the PA and DHPD. In other words, a direct bond is formed between the PA and DH portion of the molecule and no linker is present.
  • a portion of a first molecule reacts (e.g., condenses or is an addition product via a displacement reaction) with a portion of a second molecule to form, for example, a linking group, such an amide, ether, ester, urea, carbonate or urethane linkage depending on the reactive sites on the PA and DHPD. This can be referred to as “linkage”.
  • DHPD refers to a multihydroxy phenyl derivative, such as a dihydroxy phenyl derivative, for example, a 3, 4 dihydroxy phenyl moiety.
  • PD refers to a phenyl derivative.
  • Suitable DHPD derivatives include the formula:
  • Q is an OH or OCH 3 ;
  • each X 1 independently, is H, NH 2 , OH, or COOH;
  • each Y 1 is H, NH 2 , OH, or COOH;
  • each X 2 independently, is H, NH 2 , OH, or COOH;
  • each Y 2 independently, is H, NH 2 , OH, or COOH;
  • Z is COOH, NH 2 , OH or SH
  • aa is a value of 0 to about 4;
  • bb is a value of 0 to about 4.
  • a double bond is formed between the C aa and C bb , further provided that aa and bb are each at least 1.
  • z is 3.
  • z is 2 and the hydroxyls are located at the 3 and 4 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • z is 2 and the hydroxyl group is located at the 4 position and the methoxy group is located at the 3 position of the phenyl ring.
  • each X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen atoms, aa is 1, bb is 1 and Z is either COOH or NH 2 .
  • X 1 and Y 2 are both hydrogen atoms, X 2 is a hydrogen atom, aa is 1, bb is 1, Y 2 is NH 2 and Z is COOH.
  • X 1 and Y 2 are both hydrogen atoms, aa is 1, bb is 0, and Z is COOH or NH 2 .
  • aa is 0, bb is 0 and Z is COOH or NH 2 .
  • z is 3, aa is 0, bb is 0 and Z is COOH or NH 2 .
  • DHPD molecules include 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylamine (dopamine), 3,4-dihydroxy phenylalanine (DOPA), 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid (DOHA), 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl ethanol, 3, 4 dihydroxyphenylacetic acid, 3, 4 dihydroxyphenylamine, 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)propionic acid, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylalanine, 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanol, 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylamine, 3,4-dimethoxybenzylamine, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid, 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxypropanoic acid, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid, 3,4-dimethoxyaniline, 3,4-dimethoxyphenol, 3-(4-d
  • an oxidant is included with the bioadhesive film layer.
  • the oxidant can be incorporated into the polymer film or it can be contacted to the film at a later time.
  • a solution could be sprayed or brushed onto either the adhesive surface or the tissue substrate surface.
  • the construct can be dipped or submerged in a solution of oxidant prior to contacting the tissue substrate.
  • the oxidant upon activation can help promote cross-linking of the multihydroxy phenyl groups with each other and/or tissue.
  • Suitable oxidants include periodates and the like.
  • the invention further provides cross-linked bioadhesive constructs or hydrogels derived from the compositions described herein.
  • two DHDP moieties from two separate polymer chains can be reacted to form a bond between the two DHDP moieties.
  • this is an oxidative/radical initiated cross-linking reaction wherein oxidants/initiators such as NaIO 3 , NaIO 4 , Fe III salts, (FeCl 3 ), Mn III salts (MnCl 3 ), H 2 O 2 , oxygen, an inorganic base, an organic base or an enzymatic oxidase can be used.
  • a ratio of oxidant/initiator to DHDP containing material is between about 0.1 to about 10.0 (on a molar basis) (oxidant:DHDP). In one particular embodiment, the ratio is between about 0.5 to about 5.0 and more particularly between about 1.0 to about 3.0 (e.g., 3.0). It has been found that periodate is very effective in the preparation of cross-linked hydrogels of the invention. Additionally, it is possible that oxidation “activates” the DHPD(s) which allow it to form interfacial cross-linking with appropriate surfaces with functional group (i.e. biological tissues with —NH2, —SH, etc.)
  • compositions of the invention can be utilized by themselves or in combination with polymers to form a blend.
  • Pluronic polymers triblock, diblock of various MW
  • other PEG, PPG block copolymers are also suitable.
  • Hydrophilic polymers with multiple functional groups (—OH, —NH2, —COOH) contained within the polymeric backbone such as PVA (MW 10,000-100,000), poly acrylates and poly methacrylates, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyethylene imines are also suitable.
  • Biopolymers such as polysaccharides (e.g., dextran), hyaluronic acid, chitosan, gelatin, cellulose (e.g., carboxymethyl cellulose), proteins, etc. which contain functional groups can also be utilized.
  • PCL polycaprolactone
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • PGA Polyglycolic acid
  • PLGA a random copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid
  • PPG polypropyl glycol
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • blends of the invention include from about 0 to about 99.9% percent (by weight) of polymer to composition(s) of the invention, more particularly from about 1 to about 50 and even more particularly from about 1 to about 30.
  • compositions of the invention can be applied to suitable substrates using conventional techniques. Coating, dipping, spraying, spreading and solvent casting are possible approaches.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention provide a method of adhering a first surface to a second surface in a subject.
  • the first and second surfaces are tissue surfaces, for example, a natural tissue, a transplant tissue, or an engineered tissue.
  • at least one of the first and second surfaces is an artificial surface.
  • the artificial surface is an artificial tissue.
  • the artificial surface is a device or an instrument.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention seal a defect between a first and second surface in a subject.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention provide a barrier to, for example, microbial contamination, infection, chemical or drug exposure, inflammation, or metastasis.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention stabilize the physical orientation of a first surface with respect to a second surface.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention reinforce the integrity of a first and second surface achieved by, for example, sutures, staples, mechanical fixators, or mesh.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention provide control of bleeding.
  • adhesive compounds of the present invention provide delivery of drugs including, for example, drugs to control bleeding, treat infection or malignancy, or promote tissue regeneration.
  • the present invention surprisingly provides unique bioadhesive constructs that are suitable to repair or reinforce damaged tissue.
  • the present invention also surprisingly provides unique antifouling coatings/constructs that are suitable for application in, for example, urinary applications.
  • the coatings could be used anywhere that a reduction in bacterial attachment is desired: dental unit waterlines, implantable orthopedic devices, cardiovascular devices, wound dressings, percutaneous devices, surgical instruments, marine applications, food preparation surfaces and utensils.
  • the constructs include a suitable support that can be formed from a natural material, such as collagen, pericardium, dermal tissues, small intestinal submucosa or man-made materials such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyesters, PTFE, PVC, polyurethanes and the like.
  • the support can be a film, a membrane, a mesh, a non-woven and the like.
  • the support need only help provide a surface for the bioadhesive to adhere.
  • the support should also help facilitate physiological reformation of the tissue at the damaged site.
  • the constructs of the invention provide a site for remodeling via fibroblast migration, followed by subsequent native collagen deposition.
  • degradation of the support and the adhesive can result in the replacement of the bioadhesive construct by the natural tissues of the patient.
  • the constructs of the invention can include a compound of the invention or mixtures thereof or a blend of a polymer with one or more of the compounds of the invention.
  • the construct is a combination of a substrate, to which a blend is applied, followed by a layer(s) of one or more compounds of the invention.
  • two or more layers can be applied to a substrate wherein the layering can be combinations of one or more blends or one or more compositions of the invention.
  • the layering can alternate between a blend and a composition layer or can be a series of blends followed by a composition layer or vice versa.
  • a blend of a hydrophobic polymer with a composition of the invention may improve the overall cohesive properties and thus the overall strength of the adhesive joint.
  • Subsequent application of a composition of the present invention to the blend layer then provides improved interfacial adhesion between the blend and provides for improved adhesive properties to the tissue to be adhered to as the hydrophobic polymer is not in the outermost layer.
  • the loading density of the coating layer is from about 0.001 g/m 2 to about 500 g/m 2 , more particularly from about 10 g/m 2 to about 360 g/m 2 , and more particularly from about 90 g/m 2 to about 250 g/m 2 .
  • typically a coating has a thickness of from about 1 to about 1000 nm. More typically for an adhesive, the thickness of the film is from about 1 to about 1000 microns.
  • Telesel refers to a two component fibrin sealant that consists of human fibrinogen and human thrombin.
  • CoSeal refers to CoSeal Surgical Sealant, a hydrogel that is formed when two synthetic derivatized polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymers are mixed together and applied to tissue.
  • Dermat refers to a sterile, liquid tissue adhesive comprising a monomeric (2-octyl cyanoacrylate) formulation and colorants.
  • Duraseal refers to a sealant comprising two solutions, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) ester solution and a trilysine amine solution that, when mixed together, cross-link to form a hydrogel sealant.
  • Coldend referes to a sterile, solid, sheet of lyophilized, acellular porcine dermal collagen and its constituent elastin fibers.
  • Quadraseal refers to Medhesive compounds with a 4-ARMPEG10k backbone.
  • the present invention provides a method for adhering a first surface to a second surface in a subject, comprising:
  • phenyl derivative polymer is a multi-hydroxy phenyl derivative, a multi-methoxy phenyl derivative, or a combination thereof.
  • phenyl derivative polymer is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, a polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer, a polylactic acid (PLA) polymer, a polyester polymer, a methacrylate polymer, an acrylate-based polymer, or a combination thereof
  • said subject having or recovering from said neurosurgery or said spine surgery is having or is recovering from a dural repair, an osseous repair, a nerve anastomosis, an endoscopic procedure, a skull base repair, a discectomy procedure, a fibrosis prevention after lumbar discectomy procedure, a scar formation prevention procedure, a posterior fossa procedure, an aneurysm repair, an arteriovenous malformation repair, a cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea prevention or repair procedure, a fusion procedure, a procedure to prevent fracture of weakened vertebral bodies, a procedure to repair disc herniation or to prevent the progression of disc herniation, a procedure to provide growth factors in spine surgery, a procedure to prevent or to manage dead space or seroma in spine surgery, an endoscopic neurosurgery or spine surgery procedure, or a procedure to repair an entrance portal in nucleoplasty.
  • said subject having or recovering from said orthopedic surgery is having or is recovering from a joint replacement, a rotator cuff repair, a ligament repair, a tendon repair, a cartilage repair, attachment of cartilage cells and scaffold to a repair site, a meniscus repair, a labrum repair, a repair of lacerated or traumatized muscle tissue, treatment of a tendon or muscle strain, treatment of ligament sprain or overuse injury, an arthroscopic procedure, a tumor removal, a joint replacement revision, insertion and removal of an external fixator, a comminuted fracture stabilization procedure, a transcutaneous implant procedure (sealing of a pin insertion site to prevent entrance of bacteria), implantation of a bone stimulator, a bone graft procedure, a sports injury, a trauma procedure, a bone tumor removal procedure, a pubis symphysis separation repair, a slipped rib repair, closure of dead space to prevent a seroma in an orthopedic procedure, a fusion
  • said subject having or recovering from said gynecologic surgery is having or is recovering from a Fallopian tube occlusion, a contraceptive procedure, a urinary incontinence procedure, a cystocoele repair, a rectocoele repair, a pelvic floor repair, a vulvo-vaginal reconstruction procedure, an amniotic membrane graft procedure, an endoscopic gynecologic procedure, or fixation of embryo transfer with in vitro fertilization.
  • said subject having or recovering from said ophthalmologic surgery is having or is recovering from an ocular procedure, a retinal procedure, a retinal detachment procedure, a corneal repair, a glaucoma procedure, a glaucoma drainage device procedure, a laser procedure, a tissue flap procedure after laser surgery, a conjunctival repair, a pterygium repair, cataract surgery, repair of wet or dry macular degeneration, an endoscopic ophthalmologic procedure, or a sclera flap procedure.
  • said subject having or recovering from said plastic surgery is having or is recovering from a browplasty, a flap seroma repair, aesthetic surgery, a ptosis repair, rhytidectomy, a fasciocutaneous flap, body contouring surgery, a seroma after breast, face and body reconstructive surgery, a rhinoplasty, a skin graft to a wound or burn site, a muscle transfer to a wound site, a musculocutaneous flap, a decubitus injury, an ulcerative condition, a diabetic ulcer, a body contouring procedure, a liposuction procedure, a skin graft donor site repair, an endoscopic plastic surgery procedure, or a muscle transfer donor site repair.
  • said subject having or recovering from said urologic surgery is having or is recovering from an incontinence repair, a hypospadius repair, a fistula after hypospadius repair, a percutaneous nephrostomy, a percutaneous nephrolithotomy, a percutaneous nephrectomy, a vasovasotomy, a urinary fistula, a ureteral reconstruction, a circumcision, prostate surgery, vas deferens surgery, an anastomosis of the urethra, a stoma procedure, an endoscopic urologic procedure, or urologic trauma
  • said catechol compound is 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), dopamine, 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid, a DOPA derivative, a conjugation of DOPA, poly(DOPA), poly(DOPA-Lys), hydroferulic acid, 3-methoxytyramine, homovanillic acid, 3,4-dihyroxybenzylamine, 3,4-dihyroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine, or 3,4 dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid.
  • DOPA 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine
  • said linker compound is an amide linker compound, a urethane linker compound, a urea linker compound, a di-acid linker compound, an amine-diol linker compound, an ester linker compound, a gamma-aminobutyric acid linker compound, a 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid linker compound, a 4-hyroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine linker compound, a glycine linker compound, an amino acid linker compound, or a lysine linker compound.
  • tissue is skin tissue, hair tissue, nail tissue, corneal tissue, tongue tissue, oral cavity tissue, esophageal tissue, anal tissue, urethral tissue, vaginal tissue, urinary epithelial tissue, salivary gland tissue, mammary gland tissue, lacrimal gland tissue, sweat gland tissue, prostate gland tissue, bulbourethral gland tissue, Bartholin's gland tissue, uterine tissue, respiratory and gastrointestinal tract goblet cell tissue, gastric mucosal tissue, gastric gland tissue, pancreatic tissue, pulmonary tissue, pituitary gland tissue, thyroid gland tissue, parathyroid gland tissue, testicular tissue, ovarian tissue, respiratory gland tissue, gastrointestinal gland tissue, adrenal gland tissue, renal tissue, liver tissue, adipose tissue, duct cell tissue, gall bladder tissue, epidydimal tissue, vas deferens tissue, blood vessel tissue, lymph gland tissue, lymphatic duct tissue, synovial tissue, serosal tissue, squamous tissue, cochle
  • said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises an anti-microbial compound, an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone graft tissue, autograft tissue, allograft tissue, xenograft tissue, a bone graft substitute, a coagulation factor compound, a hormone compound, a steroid hormone compound, a bioactive compound, or a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • an anti-microbial compound an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone
  • the present invention provides a method for sealing a surface in a subject, comprising:
  • phenyl derivative polymer is a multi-hydroxy phenyl derivative, a multi-methoxy phenyl derivative, or a combination thereof.
  • phenyl derivative polymer is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, a polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer, a polylactic acid (PLA) polymer, a polyester polymer, a methacrylate polymer, an acrylate-based polymer, or a combination thereof.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PCL polycaprolactone
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • said subject is a subject having or recovering from bariatric surgery, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, colon and rectal surgery, dermatologic surgery, general surgery, gynecologic surgery, maxillofacial surgery, neurosurgery, obstetric surgery, oncologic surgery, ophthalmologic surgery, oral surgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngologic surgery, pediatric surgery, plastic surgery, cosmetic and reconstructive surgery, podiatric surgery, spine surgery, transplant surgery, trauma surgery, vascular surgery, urologic surgery, dental surgery, veterinary surgery, endoscopic surgery, anesthesiology, an interventional radiologic procedure, an emergency medicine procedure, a battlefield procedure, a deep or superficial laceration repair, a cardiologic procedure, an internal medicine procedure, an intensive care procedure, an endocrinologic procedure, a gastroenterologic procedure, a hematologic procedure, a hepatologic procedure, a diagnostic radiologic procedure, an infectious disease procedure, a nephrologic procedure, an onc
  • said subject having or recovering from said neurosurgery or said spine surgery is having or is recovering from a dural repair, an osseous repair, a nerve anastomosis, an endoscopic procedure, a skull base repair, a discectomy procedure, a fibrosis prevention after lumbar discectomy procedure, a scar formation prevention procedure, a posterior fossa procedure, an aneurysm repair, an arteriovenous malformation repair, a cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea prevention or repair procedure, a fusion procedure, a procedure to prevent fracture of weakened vertebral bodies, a procedure to repair disc herniation or to prevent the progression of disc herniation, a procedure to provide growth factors in spine surgery, a procedure to prevent or to manage dead space or seroma in spine surgery, an endoscopic neurosurgery or spine surgery procedure, or a procedure to repair an entrance portal in nucleoplasty.
  • said catechol compound is 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), dopamine, 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid, a DOPA derivative, a conjugation of DOPA, poly(DOPA), poly(DOPA-Lys), hydroferulic acid, 3-methoxytyramine, homovanillic acid, 3,4-dihyroxybenzylamine, 3,4-dihyroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine, or 3,4 dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid.
  • DOPA 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine
  • said linker compound is an amide linker compound, a urethane linker compound, a urea linker compound, a di-acid linker compound, an amine-diol linker compound, an ester linker compound, a gamma-aminobutyric acid linker compound, a 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid linker compound, a 4-hyroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine linker compound, a glycine linker compound, an amino acid linker compound, or a lysine linker compound.
  • tissue is skin tissue, hair tissue, nail tissue, corneal tissue, tongue tissue, oral cavity tissue, esophageal tissue, anal tissue, urethral tissue, vaginal tissue, urinary epithelial tissue, salivary gland tissue, mammary gland tissue, lacrimal gland tissue, sweat gland tissue, prostate gland tissue, bulbourethral gland tissue, Bartholin's gland tissue, uterine tissue, respiratory and gastrointestinal tract goblet cell tissue, gastric mucosal tissue, gastric gland tissue, pancreatic tissue, pulmonary tissue, pituitary gland tissue, thyroid gland tissue, parathyroid gland tissue, testicular tissue, ovarian tissue, respiratory gland tissue, gastrointestinal gland tissue, adrenal gland tissue, renal tissue, liver tissue, adipose tissue, duct cell tissue, gall bladder tissue, epidydimal tissue, vas deferens tissue, blood vessel tissue, lymph gland tissue, lymphatic duct tissue, synovial tissue, serosal tissue, squamous tissue,
  • said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises an anti-microbial compound, an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone graft tissue, autograft tissue, allograft tissue, xenograft tissue, a bone graft substitute, a coagulation factor compound, a hormone compound, a steroid hormone compound, a bioactive compound, or a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • an anti-microbial compound an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone
  • the repaired wounds were dressed with gauze and tape, appropriate antibiotic was administered, and the animals were allowed to recover. Twelve animals were euthanized at each of 4 hours, and 3, 7, and 21 days.
  • the treatments were applied to the groups of 12 animals at each of the 4 time points according to the following design (numbers represent the 4 treatments defined above, pairs of numbers represent treatments for the 2 incisions in each of 12 animals): (1-2, 2-1, 3-1, 4-1,1-3, 2-3, 3-2, 4-2, 1-4, 2-4, 3-4, and 4-3) providing 6 5-cm incision samples for each treatment at each of 4 time points, with each treatment paired with all others twice at each time point. Treatments 3 and 4 served as comparative controls.
  • the skin from the incision wound test area on both sides of the spine was harvested from each animal.
  • the subcutaneous muscle fascia was separated from the undersurface of the skin.
  • Three uniform 30 mm ⁇ 10 mm test strips of skin were cut at equally spaced intervals from the skin samples from both sides of the spine.
  • Two of the samples from each incision were stored in a zip-lock plastic bag and transported to a biomechanics lab for mechanical testing within two hours from sample harvest.
  • the third strip from each incision was fixed in formalin and prepared for histology as described below.
  • the test strips of skin for mechanical testing were mounted in a materials test machine by means of grips with serrated surfaces to minimize slippage during testing.
  • test strips were loaded to failure in tension at a rate of 10 mm/min, and the tensile failure strength was recorded and the character of the tissue failure noted.
  • the specimens from the 3, 7 and 21-day groups where the wound was closed with sutures one of the two specimens from the incision was tested with the sutures cut, and the other specimen with the sutures intact.
  • Descriptive histology was performed on one of the three 30 mm ⁇ 10 mm test strips from the 6 animals at each of 4 time points for each of the 4 treatments, for a total of 96 sections for this histologic assessment.
  • the harvested skin samples were immediately fixed in 10% formalin, processed and embedded in paraffin. Histologic specimens (5 ⁇ m thick) were sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface and stained with hematoxylin and eosin.
  • yield and ultimate failure were calculated from load-displacement curves. Curves were shifted such that the first point at which 0.05 N was exceeded was considered a displacement of 0.0 mm. The ultimate load or peak load was selected as the highest value on the curve, and the displacement at this point was recorded. A secondary, linear stiffness region was chosen graphically, and a stiffness line was fit to this region using a least-squares approach. This line was shifted by 2% of the displacement at peak load, and intersected with the load-displacement curve to determine the yield load and displacement. This point corresponded to the first perturbation in the curve where failure of the incision site began, and was the same as the peak load in the absence of a distinct yield point.
  • the two yield and ultimate loads were averaged within each rat incision. Analysis of variance with pair-wise comparisons was performed on the log-transformed data to provide normality and equal variance conditions.
  • the incisions in several animals broke open early in the postoperative period, and the animals were euthanized. This occurred in the animals that had been designated for 21 days.
  • the incisions in several test samples from animals at early time points were fragile and broke open during/after harvest and before mechanical testing. These samples are tallied in Tables 2. and 3. During testing the intact fascia of some specimens dominated the wound strength during and after failure of the wound.
  • test articles were evaluated for the purpose of this study.
  • the purpose of this study was to evaluate the biocompatibility of the test articles, as well as the ability of the test articles to prevent blood loss in vascular applications in the canine model.
  • the performance of the test articles were compared to CoSealTM.
  • the ACT was recorded approximately 1 to 10 minutes after the initial bolus of heparin and approximately every 30 minutes throughout the surgical procedure and hemostasis evaluations.
  • atraumatic clamps were placed on the femoral arteries proximal and distal to the arteriotomy site.
  • An approximate 1.5 cm longitudinal arteriotomy was made into the ventral surface of each vessel.
  • An elliptical ePTFE patch approximately 1.5 cm long and 0.5 cm wide was cut to size and sewn into place with 6-0 Prolene on a taper needle in a continuous suture pattern.
  • test and control sealants were allowed to gel for at least 60 seconds.
  • the contralateral vessel achieved hemostasis, it was also monitored for the 5 minute period. Following the time to hemostasis evaluations, the muscle, subcutaneous and subcuticular tissues were closed with 3-0 PDS suture and the skin was closed with cyanoacrylate glue. The dogs were recovered from anesthesia and returned to the study room where postoperative monitoring continued. Long term postoperative monitoring included twice-daily inspections of the surgical site for signs of bleeding, or infection.
  • both femoral arteries Prior to necropsy the animals were sedated and angiography of both femoral arteries was performed to demonstrate vessel patency. The animals were euthanized with intravenous sodium pentobarbital solution, followed by exsanguination. The vascular implant sites were exposed and inspected for evidence of chronic bleeding, inflammation, or infection. Both femoral arteries to include the patched segment and at least 1 cm of native vessel proximal and distal to the patch were excised and longitudinally slit open on the side opposite the patch. Each vessel was pinned flat on a piece of cork, gently rinsed with saline to remove any residual blood, and grossly examined for evidence of sealant on the luminal surface of the patch or vessel, as well as adhered thrombus. The vessels were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin, sectioned, stained with H &E stain, and read by a board-certified pathologist.
  • Medhesive-113 was formulated at varying concentrations with varying amounts of poly vinyl alcohol (PVA) added.
  • PVA poly vinyl alcohol
  • the formulations used applied over a ⁇ 3 mm defect in a segment of porcine small intestine secured with a single suture. The formulation was allowed to cure for 10 minutes under ambient conditions.
  • the tissue/adhesive test assembly was conditioned in a saline bath for 1 h. After the conditioning period the segment was pressurized with air ( FIG. 228 ) and the maximum pressure withstood was recorded ( FIG. 229 ).
  • the addition of PVA to the formulation made the resulting adhesive surprisingly elastic and the formulations containing higher amounts of PVA were more extensible and resisted higher pressures than those with less of no PVA added.
  • acellular bovine pericardium-based products e.g., Veritas®, Synovis Surgical Innovations; Tutomesh®, RTI Biologics
  • Biotape is a porcine dermal tissue that has been evaluated for tendon repair.
  • adhesive coated-constructs were activated with a solution of NaIO 4 (40 ⁇ L) prior to bringing the adhesive into contact with the test substrate (also bovine pericardium).
  • the adhesive joints were weighted down (100 g) for 10 minutes and incubated at 37° C. in PBS (pH 7.4) for an hour prior to testing.
  • Dermabond® Ethicon Inc.
  • TisseelTM Baxter Healthcare Corporation
  • tissue adhesives were included in the testing as controls.
  • the adhesives were applied in situ according to the instructions of the manufacturer. The minimum sample size was 6 in each test condition.
  • Statistical assessment was performed using an analysis of variance (ANOVA), with pair-wise comparisons made with the Tukey test and a significance level of 0.05.
  • ANOVA analysis of variance
  • strong moisture resistance adhesive strength was imparted to both biologic meshes.
  • the adhesive constructs demonstrated adhesive strengths that were 28-40 times greater than that of fibrin glue. While Dermabond exhibited the highest adhesive strength among all adhesives tested, meshes fixed with cyanoacrylates have been reported to have reduced tissue integration combined with a pronounced inflammatory response.
  • the present invention provides a tri-layered coating consisting of a layer of Medhesive-112 sandwiched between two layers of Medhesive-054, as illustrated in FIG. 233 .
  • the tri-layered construct demonstrated significantly higher lap shear adhesive strength (185 ⁇ 47.4 kPa) compared to its individual components; Medhesive-054 (39.0 ⁇ 12.5 kPa) and Medhesive-112 (8.48 ⁇ 4.64 kPa).
  • Medhesive-054 is the most hydrophilic polymer of those synthesized, which may be most suitable for interfacial binding.
  • Medheisve-112 has elevated polyester content (25 wt %), and the Medhesive-112 films may exhibit poor adhesive strength (poor interfacial binding properties) despite having a tensile modulus that is 2.6 times greater than that of Medhesive-054.
  • the tri-layered-construct combines the interfacial binding properties of Medhesive-054 with the strong bulk mechanical properties of Medhesive-112 in creating an adhesive film that exhibited adhesive strength that is equivalent to that of Dermabond (181 ⁇ 33.4 kPa, FIG. 232 ).
  • a step-by-step solvent casting method is used to provide the tri-layer.
  • a computer-controlled spraying machine (Prism 300, Ultrasonic Systems, Inc.) may be used to fabricate multilayered-coatings more easily and quickly.
  • Adhesive constructs produced by this spray method exhibited adhesive strengths (91.1 ⁇ 6.23 kPa) that are equivalent to those with the solvent casting method (105 ⁇ 22.9 kPa).
  • the spray method may be used to control the thickness as well as the pattern of films coated onto the mesh.
  • transected porcine tendons (rear leg deep flexor) were sutured with both parallel (PolysorbTM braided lactomerTM 4-0, Covidien) and 3-loop pulley (MaxonTM monofilament polyglyconate, 0, Covidien) suture patterns.
  • the parallel sutures were used to keep the two ends of the transected tendon in intimate contact in order to minimize gap formation, while the 3-loop pulley was intended to be the main structural component that held the severed tendon together.
  • the sutured tendons were further reinforced by wrapping either bovine pericardium or Biotape coated with Medhesive-096 around the tendon ( FIG. 234 (right)).
  • the bioadhesive construct was first secured to the tendon with three stay sutures, and then a solution of NaIO 4 (20 mg/mL) was sprayed onto the adhesive prior to wrapping it around the tendon.
  • the wrapped tendons were held tightly for 10 min and incubated at 37° C. (PBS, pH 7.4) for 1 hr prior to testing. Both sutured tendons and adhesive-wrapped tendons were loaded to failure at a rate of 25 mm/min, and load/displacement (strain) data were recorded. For each test group, 10 samples were included, and statistical analysis was performed as previously described.
  • FIG. 235A demonstrates a representative load vs. strain curve for a sutured tendon, which contains typical features that were evident in all test groups ( FIG. 235B ); (1) non-linear toe region where the fibers are being recruited as the tendon is stretched, (2) linear region representing the linear stiffness of the repaired tendon, (3) arrows pointing to reduction in the load corresponding with the parallel sutures being pulled off the tendon, with the first of these instances being considered as the irreversible failure of the repair (failure load), (4) the area under the load-strain curve up to the failure load, used to calculate energy to failure, and (5) peak load where the 3-loop pulley began to fail, as it is pulled through the tendon.
  • adhesive wrapped tendons increased the stiffness of the repair by 25-40% over the controls, indicating more force was required to stretch these tendons. While sutured tendons readily formed a gap at the transected site at loads as low as 10 N, no visible gap was formed in bovine pericardium-wrapped tendons until failure as determined by ultrasound images. Gap formation has been attributed to inflammation and inadequate healing as a result of poorly aligned collagen fibers. Adhesive-wrapped tendons also exhibited increased failure load and energy to failure (24-44% and 27-63%, respectively), compared with suture-only controls. Thus, patients with adhesive-wrapped tendons could initiate a rehabilitation program at an earlier time point or perform a more aggressive rehabilitation regimen.
  • This Example demonstrate the ability of thin film adhesives of the present invention to be incorporated into NovaSilk polypropylene mesh used for cystocele repair, showing that adhesive-coated NovaSilk resists 4 pounds of load without fail.
  • Thin film adhesives may be coated onto synthetic mesh, including polypropylene, then referred to as “pre-coated mesh adhesives”. Pre-coated mesh adhesives do not become “sticky” until a cross-linking agent is introduced to the film.
  • It can be brushed onto the tissue surface before laying the pre-coated mesh on top; it can be brushed onto the pre-coated mesh itself; or the pre-coated mesh can be dipped into the cross-linker before application, or the cros-slinker may be embedded within the film, so that the adhesive will become activated only in situ without the additional step of cross-linker delivery.
  • Two polymers comprising the dihydroxyphenol (DHP) adhesive endgroup were synthesized for evaluation as a pre-coated mesh adhesive.
  • Both Medhesive-054 and Medhesive-096 are copolymers of polycaprolactone (PCL) and branched polyethylene glycol (PEG) which was end-functionalized with DHP. The difference between the two polymers is the molecular weight of PCL segments; Medhesive-054 has a shorter PCL segment making it a more hydrophilic polymer.
  • Medhesive-096 polymer films were cast from 10 wt % solutions in chloroform. Alternative formulations substituted a branched PEG-polylactic acid copolymer (PEG-PLA) for 20% of the total polymer content. Polymer solutions were poured into 80 mm ⁇ 40 mm Teflon® molds and were incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour to facilitate solvent evaporation. Medhesive-096 films were then thoroughly dried under vacuum overnight. After removal of the films from the molds, each film was trimmed and placed on a glass plate covered with a release liner material (3M). The NovaSilk mesh was placed over the polymer film and the assembly was covered with another piece of release liner and glass plate. The glass plates were pressed together and maintained at 55° C. for 1 hour. Pre-coated adhesive meshes were cut into 2 cm strips each possessing ⁇ 6 cm of their length coated with adhesive ( FIG. 238 ).
  • PEG-PLA branched PEG-polylactic acid copoly
  • Medhesive-054 polymer films were cast in the same manner as Medhesive-096 films, except that partially dried films containing Medhesive-054 were removed from the molds and placed on sheet of release liner directly beneath the NovaSilk mesh. The assembly was covered with another piece of release liner and glass plate. The glass plates were pressed together and maintained at 55° C. for 1 hour. The resulting pre-coated adhesive mesh was further dried under vacuum overnight.
  • Fresh bovine pericardium was cut into 2.5 cm ⁇ 7.5 cm strips and stored in phosphate buffered saline until use.
  • pre-coated meshes were sprayed with a fine mist of NaIO 4 cross-linker (20 mg/ml) from a refillable aerosol sprayer (Preval). Strips were immediately approximated to the adventitial side of the pericardium and covered with a glass microscope slide and a 100 gram weight ( FIG. 239 ).
  • the tissue-mesh assemblies were allowed to cure for 10 minutes under ambient conditions.
  • the test assemblies were subsequently covered with PBS-soaked gauze pads and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour.
  • test assemblies were mounted in the grips of a universal tensile tester (ADMET, Inc.), as illustrated FIG. 240 .
  • the adhesive joint was strained using a crosshead speed of 10 mm/min. The peak load prior to failure was recorded and the adhesive failure mode was noted for each sample.
  • Medhesive-054 and Medhesive-096 required slightly different procedures for casting the adhesive films and incorporation into the synthetic meshes. Unsupported Medhesive-054 films were prone to cracking during the drying process. The process was subsequently altered to allow the film to dry partially followed by incorporation into the synthetic mesh. Further drying under vacuum produced few physical defects in the films.
  • This project demonstrates that adhesives of the present invention reduce or prevent seroma formation in a well characterized rat mastectomy model.
  • This model requires the removal of the pectoralis musculature, partial axillary lymph node dissection and the disruption of dermal lymphatics. Animals were placed in 1 of 9 test groups where the mastectomy dead space was closed with either 1 of 8 formulations of liquid adhesives, or with normal saline (control). In the event of seroma formation, fluid was collected from the affected area at postoperative days 5, 10 and 14, and the volumes were recorded. After 14 days, the animals were euthanized and the mastectomy sites were excised, examined and prepared for histology.
  • serous fluid was aspirated at days 5, 10 and 14. This outcome measure reflects the existence and extent of the seroma formation. Additionally, visual analysis of aspirated fluids and presence of adhesive remnants in the seroma site, and visual and histological assessment of inflammation and tissue healing were determined as secondary outcome measures.
  • the pectoralis was then removed leaving as little of a stump as possible attached to the humerus so that the effect of muscle necrosis would be minimized. Hemostasis was maintained throughout the procedure by careful dissection without the use of electrocautery. Next, axillary lymph node excisions were carefully performed with the aid of magnification. To ensure consistent seroma formation, the subcutaneous lymphovasculature was traumatized by scraping the inner surface of the elevated skin flap with a #15 blade approximately 20 times. The wound was then inspected carefully for hemostasis. In 2 of the 3 animals for each of the 8 adhesive treatments, the adhesive was sprayed onto the chest wall, and the skin flap was immediately placed on top of the adhesive and chest wall, and held in place with moderate pressure for 2 minutes.
  • the adhesive was sprayed onto both the chest wall and skin flap surfaces, and the skin flap was then similarly placed on the chest wall and held for 2 minutes. The wounds were then carefully closed using staples in order not to disturb the adhered tissue planes.
  • a fine mist of saline (0.2 mL) was applied to the skin flap and chest wall by a spray applicator. The animals were removed from the ventilator and given pain medication (buprenorphine 0.05-0.1 mg/kg subcutaneously) postoperatively and every 12 hours for up to 3 days as needed.
  • mice On postoperative days 5, 10 and 14, animals were anesthetized (intramuscular injection of ketamine (40-90 mg/kg) and xylazine (4-9 mg/kg)), and the fluid that had accumulated at the seroma site, if present, was aspirated under sterile conditions with a 15-gauge needle and syringe, and its volume quantified.
  • the animals On postoperative day 14, the animals were then euthanized by an intravenous overdose of pentobarbital (100 mg/kg). The original midline incision was opened, paying careful attention to the degree of healing between the skin flap and chest wall. Full-thickness biopsies of skin flap and the chest wall were harvested and grossly evaluated to determine if any remnants of polymer were present at the site.
  • M-102 (15 wt %) is a more slowly degrading polymer than M-068 (15 wt %).
  • M-068 15 wt %.
  • M-069 15 wt % was used in the present study.
  • the polymer was made several days before implantation, and the bioburden was reduced to acceptable levels in this polymer.
  • M-069 (15wt %) did not result in seroma formation.
  • the skin flap healed to the chest wall in 2 of the 3 animals.
  • the inflammatory response was variable with minimal to marked numbers of neutrophils, macrophages and lymphocytes.
  • the first 2 of 3 animals treated with M-068 (20 wt % and 30 wt %) and QuadraSeal DME (15 wt %) resulted in minimal to no aspirated fluid (0 to 1.9 ml) from the surgical sites.
  • the third animal with these treatments was operated on 10 days later, and exhibited large amounts of aspirated fluid (7.6 to 16.7 ml).
  • M-061 (15 wt % and 30 wt %) were the strongest polymer formulations used in this study. Very little fluid was aspirated (0 to 1.6 ml) in animals treated with M-061 (15 wt %), and in 2 of these 3 animals, multiple moveable rice-sized segments of adhesive were present in the surgical site. The skin flap healed down to the chest wall in 2 of the 3 animals, but did not in the third. Large masses of adhesive were present in the surgical sites of all 3 animals treated with M-061 (30 wt %).
  • a 2.5-cm diameter discs of polyester mesh coated with 5-mm stripes of Medhesive-141 (240 g/m 2 ) films were implanted between peritoneum and abdominal muscle of a pig. 20 mg/mL of NaIO 4 solution brushed onto both sides of the adhesive-coated mesh and sample was placed on top of the peritoneum with pressure applied from the surgeon by placement of hands over the abdominal muscle layer. After mesh implantation, the abdominal wall fascia, subcutaneous tissue, and skin were closed with a running suture. The pig was euthanized on Day 14 and the implant site was harvested for histologic evaluation.
  • the mesh with adhesive was completely adhered bilaterally throughout its length.
  • the mesh uniformly alternated between areas of artificial separation (adhesive-coated region) to areas with no separation (mesh with no coating).
  • regions with no adhesive coating demonstrated significant scar plate formation, ingrowth of fibroplasia with collagen deposition, and a foreign body response to the prosthetic surface of the mesh, whereas the adhesive-coated region was start to show signs of ingrowth ( FIGS. 247-249 ).
  • the patterning strategy allow adhesive to secure the mesh in place immediately after surgery, while allowing cellular infiltration to occur in the region not coated with the adhesive. With time, tissue ingrowth into the uncoated region of mesh secures the mesh in place as the adhesive degrades and loses its strength.
  • Addhesive-coated BioTape was observed using a high resolution scanning electron microscope (SEM) (LEO 1530) which uses a Schottly-type field-emission electron source. No fixation procedures were applied to the specimens. Small, square pieces (about 1 ⁇ 1 cm) were affixed to aluminum mounts with double sided carbon tape, stored in a desiccator and gold coated (60/40 gold/palladium alloy approx. 10-20 nm) in a SeeVac Auto conductavac IV sputter coater. SEM was used to collect profile and surface images of Medhesive-096-coated BioTape.
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • FIGS. 250-257 show SEM images of the Medhesive-096-coated BioTape.
  • FIG. 250 shows a low magnification image showing the top adhesive surface of Medhesive-096.
  • FIGS. 251 and 252 show a low magnification image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape.
  • FIG. 253 shows a SEM image of the adhesive surface at increasing magnification. This section exhibits the smooth layer of adhesive conforming to the rough texture of BioTape.
  • FIGS. 254-257 show SEM images showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification. Nanoscale fiber orientation of BioTape is observed. Porosity is observed in FIG. 255 .
  • PCL-diol polycaprolactone-diol
  • SA succinic anhydride
  • pyridine 80 mmol
  • chloroform 100 mL
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and 100 mL of chloroform was added.
  • the mixture was washed successively with 100 mL each of 12.1 mM HCl, saturated NaCl, and deionized water.
  • the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and then the volume of the mixture was reduced by half by rotary evaporator. After pouring the mixture into 800 mL of a 1:1 hexane and diethyl ether, the polymer was allowed to precipitate at 4° C. for overnight. The polymer was collected and dried under vacuum to yield 8.1 g of PCL1.25k-diSA.
  • a Boc protecting group on PCL2k-di-BocGly was removed by reacting the polymer in 14.3 mL of chloroform and 14.3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid for 30 minutes. After precipitation twice in ethyl ether, the polymer was dried under vacuum to yield 3.13 g of PCL2k-diGly.
  • the solution was filtered into diethyl ether and placed at 4° C. for 4-24 hours.
  • the precipitate was vacuum-filtrated and dried under vacuum for 4-24 hours.
  • the polymer was disolved in 400 mL of 50 mM HCl and 400 mL of methanol. This was then filtered using coarse filter paper and dialyzed in 10 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days with changing of the water at least 12 times.
  • the solution was then freeze dried and placed under a vacuum for 4-24 hours.
  • Toluene was removed via rotary evaporation with a 20 Wt % NaOH solution in 50/50 water/methanol in the collection trap.
  • the polymer was dried under vacuum for overnight.
  • 3.46 g (30 mmole) of NHS and 375 mL of chloroform were added to PEG and the mixture was purge with argon for 30 minutes.
  • 4.2 ml (30 mmole) of triethylamine in 50 mL chloroform were added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stir with argon purging for 4 hours.
  • the mixture was precipitated in ethyl 9 L of 50:50 ethyl ether and hexane, and the collected precipitated was dried under vacuum.
  • the crude polymer was dissolved in 700 mL of methanol and dialyzed (15000 MWCO) in 10 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days. Lyophilization yielded the 45g of Medhesive-137.
  • the precipitate was dried under vacuum for 48 hours. A total of 156 g of material was obtained and dissolved in 1560 mL of nanopure water. The solution was then suction filtered and dialyzed (2000 MWCO) against 10 L of nanopure water for 4 hours followed by acidified water (pH 3.5) for 44 hours. The solution was then dialyzed against nanopure water for 4 hours. The solution was filtered and lyophilized to yield 83.5 g of PEG10k-(GABA) 4 .
  • the HBTU and triethylamine solution was added to an addition funnel and was added dropwise to the PEG10k-(GABA) 4 , PCL2k-diSA, and hydroferulic acid solution over a period of 40 minutes.
  • the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. 747 mg (3.8 mmol) of hydroferulic acid were added to the reaction along with 0.525 mL (3.77 mmol) of triethylamine.
  • the reaction was allowed to stir an additional 4 hours.
  • the reaction was gravity filtered into 2.2 L of a 1:1 ether/hexane mix.
  • the solution was then placed at 4° C. for 18 hours.
  • the precipitate was suction filtered and dried under vacuum for 48 hours.
  • the precipitate was then dissolved in400 mL of methanol and placed in 15000 MWCO dialysis tubing. The mixture was dialyzed against 5 L of acidified nanopure water for 44 hours with changing of the dialysate 10 times. The solution was then dialyzed against 5 L of nanopure water for 4 hours with changing of the solution 4 times. The solution was suction filtered, frozen in a lyophilizer flask, and freeze dried. 27.3 g of Medhesive-141 were obtained.
  • the adhesive polymers were dissolved at 5-15 wt % in chloroform, methanol, or mixture of these solvents.
  • the polymer solutions were solvent casted over a mesh sandwiched between a PTFE mold (80 mm ⁇ 40 mm or 80 mm ⁇ 25 mm) and a release liner.
  • the PTFE is sealed with double sided tape or PTFE films with the same dimensions as the mold.
  • Typical polymer coating density is between 60 and 240 g/m 2 .
  • the solvent was evaporated in air for 30-120 minutes and further dried with vacuum.
  • a stand alone film was assembled by solvent casting a polymer solution onto a release liner with a PTFE mold using similar parameters and conditions as the solvent casting method above. The solvent was evaporated in air for 30-120 minutes and further dried with vacuum.
  • a stand-alone thin-film adhesive was pressed against a mesh between two glass plates using clamps. The samples were placed in an oven (55° C.) for 20-120 minutes to yield the adhesive-coated mesh.
  • a stand-alone thin-film was made by solvent casting a non-reactive polymer (i.e., Medhesive-138, Medhesive-142) solution with oxidant (i.e. NaIO 4 ) onto a release liner with a PTFE mold using similar parameters and conditions as the solvent casting method.
  • the solvent was evaporated at 37° C. for 30-120 minutes and dried under vacuum.
  • An oxidant embedded stand-alone thin-film is heat pressed over a mesh coated with adhesive in between two clamped glass plates.
  • the samples are placed in the oven at 55° C. for 10-60 minutes and placed in the freezer for 5-30 minutes. The samples are then dried under vacuum.
  • Adhesive coated meshes are cured using 20 mg/mL NaIO 4 solution and then incubated in PBS (pH 7.4) at either 37 or 55° C. At a predetermined time point, the samples are dried with vacuum and weighed. The mass loss overtime is then reported.
  • Medhesive-132 coated on a PE mesh completely degraded with 3-4 days of incubation in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37° C. ( FIG. 258 ).
  • PBS pH 7.4
  • Medhesive-132 films completely dissolve within 24 hours.
  • Medhesive-132 has a similar PCL content ( ⁇ 20 wt %) as Medhesive-096, Medhesive-096 lost only 12% of its original mass over 120 days. This indicates that hydrolysis occurs at a faster rate for the ester bond linking PEG and succinic acid than those within the PCL block.
  • PEG is more hydrophilic than PCL and increased water uptake resulted in faster degradation rate.
  • Adhesive formulations were coated onto PTFE (Motif) mesh using solvent casting method ( FIG. 259 ) and lap shear adhesion test was performed ( FIGS. 260 and 261 ). Adhesive formulations were blended with either 4-armed PEG-PLA or PEG-PCL up to 20wt %. PTFE treated with ammonium plasma for 3 min prior to coating resulted in higher peak stress value for Medhesive-096.
  • Oxidant embedded films were tested for adhesion using PETKM2002 PE mesh (Table 15.).
  • the adhesive films were coated with 240 g/m 2 of adhesive film on one side of PE mesh and 120 g/m 2 of none-reactive film on the other side, which is embedded with NaIO 4 .
  • the formulations were activated by applying moisture (PBS) to both sides of the mesh while in contact with tissue.
  • PBS moisture
  • the adhesive polymers are amphiphilic polymers constructed from hydrophilic polyethylene glycol (PEG) and hydrophobic polycaprolactone (PCL).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PCL hydrophobic polycaprolactone
  • the presence of PEG allows the adhesive polymer to remain relatively hydrophilic in order to achieve good “wetting” or adhesive contact with a biologic mesh or substrate.
  • the hydrophobic PCL segments increase cohesive strength, prevent rapid dissolution of the film in the presence of water, and reduces the rate of degradation. As the Medhesive polymers degrade, they generate biocompatible degradation products (PEG and 6-hydroxyhexanoic acid).
  • the polymers are modified with DOPA derivatives, dopamine and 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid (DOHA), which serve as the adhesive moiety for interfacial binding, as well as for solidifying the adhesive film when an oxidant is introduced.
  • DOPA derivatives dopamine and 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid (DOHA)
  • DOHA 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
  • the catechol accounts for approximately 3-4 wt %.
  • Adhesive polymers were cast into films by the slow evaporation of methanol or chloroform in a mold. Their percent swelling, tensile mechanical properties, and in vitro degradation profiles were determined. For each test, the films were cured by the addition of a sodium periodate (NaIO 4 ) solution. Additionally, PCL-triol (30 wt %) was formulated into the adhesive film to determine the effect of added PCL content on the physical and mechanical properties of the adhesives.
  • NaIO 4 sodium periodate
  • bovine pericardium As a support material, an adhesive-coated mesh using bovine pericardium as a support material was evaluated. This biomaterial was chosen because it is an inexpensive and readily abundant extracellular matrix with suitable mechanical properties (tensile strength of 41 ⁇ 9.8 N/cm). Additionally, several acellular bovine pericardium-based products (e.g., Veritas®, Synovis Surgical Innovations; Tutomesh®, RTI Biologics) are approved by the FDA for soft tissue reconstruction. (Santillan-Doherty, P., R. Jasso-Victoria, A. Sotres-Vega, R. Olmos, J. L. Arreola, D. Garcia, B. Vanda, M.
  • Veritas® Synovis Surgical Innovations
  • Tutomesh® RTI Biologics
  • ASTM F2255 lap shear
  • ASTM F2392 burst strength
  • the adhesive coated-pericardium segments were cut into either 2.5 cm ⁇ 5 cm strips for lap shear tests or 15 mm-diameter circular samples for burst strength tests.
  • the samples were hydrated in PBS, and a solution of NaIO 4 (40 ⁇ L) was added to the adhesive on the coated mesh prior to bringing the adhesive into contact with the test substrate, which was also bovine pericardium.
  • the test substrates were shaped into either 2.5 cm ⁇ 5 cm strips or 40 mm-diameter circles for lap shear and burst strength testing, respectively. A 3 mm-diameter defect was formed in the center of the test substrate for the burst strength test.
  • the adhesive joint was compressed with a 100 g weight for 2 hours, and further conditioned in PBS (37° C.) for another hour prior to testing.
  • Mechanical test conditions included assessing the effect of varying NaIO 4 concentrations, polymer loading density, and contact time between the adhesive construct and test substrate.
  • the adhesive properties of the bioadhesive constructs were determined and compared to controls: Dermabond®, TisseelTM, and Medhesive-061 (a liquid tissue adhesive).
  • Dermabond® a liquid tissue adhesive
  • TisseelTM a liquid tissue adhesive
  • Medhesive-061 a liquid tissue adhesive
  • Medhesive-054 (615 ⁇ 151 mm Hg) and Medhesive-096 (526 ⁇ 49.0 mm Hg), can withstand a pressure that is well above reported physiological intra-abdominal pressures (64-252 mm Hg), (Cobb, W. S., J. M. Burns, K. W. Kercher, B. D. Matthews, N. H. James, and H. B. Todd, Normal intraabdominal pressure in healthy adults. The Journal of Surgical Research, 2005. 129(2): p. 231-5.) indicating that the bioadhesive constructs are of use in hernia repair.
  • At least 3 adhesive polymers were shown to be of use for mesh fixation.
  • the adhesives were cast into films and characterized using a swelling experiment, tensile mechanical test, and in vitro degradation test. Hydrophobicity of a film had the greatest impact on its physical and mechanical properties, which could be tailored by both the composition of the adhesive polymer, and the adhesive formulation through blending the polymer with PCL-triol.
  • bovine pericardium as a biologic mesh, a method of coating the adhesives on the mesh was demonstrated. The same coating procedure was used to create bioadhesive constructs with 3 different types of commercially available meshes. Based on the lap shear and burst strength adhesion tests, the bioadhesive constructs demonstrated adhesive properties that are suitable for hernia repair.
  • Adhesive (240 g/m 2 ) coated PE mesh was activated by spraying 20 mg/mL NaIO 4 solutions and cut into 10-mm discs. The samples were incubated in 10-mL phosphate buffered saline (PBS) at 37 and 55° C. The amount of time for the adhesive to completely dissolve was recorded (Table 24.). At a predetermined time point, the samples were dried and weighed to determine mass of the adhesive remaining ( FIG. 268 ).
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the adhesive layer (Medhesive-137 or Medhesive-141) was solvent cast onto either PE or PP meshes.
  • the non-adhesive layer (Medhesive-138 or Medhesive-142) was cast into a film with embedded oxidant (NaIO 4 ) at 7-14 g/m 2 and heat-pressed onto the adhesive-coated mesh to make the bilayer construct ( FIG. 269 ).
  • the adhesive layer was casted first into a film and heat pressed onto the mesh with the non-adhesive film either in one step or in two separate steps (i.e. one layer at a time).
  • the bi-layer films were activated by adding water (i.e.
  • Bilateral 2.5 ⁇ 2.5 cm segments of adhesive-coated mesh were impanted into the peritoneum of 3 rabbits (4 samples per animal).
  • Adhesive formulations used were Medhesive-139, Medhesive-140, and Medhesive-141 at a coating density of 240 g/m 2 .
  • a midline abdominal incision was created to expose the peritoneum, and the adhesive-coated meshes were adhered to the peritoneum, activated via brushing of 20 mg/mL of NaIO4 solution.
  • a single stay suture was place on one of the corners to prevent migration. The wound was closed.
  • the rabbits were euthanized on day 7 and the implant site was evaluated for migration, curling, and shrinkage, and then harvested for histologic evaluation.
  • the samples are placed directly on the surgically exposed peritoneal surface of the animal in bilateral rows of 4 each in a discrete tissue pocket between the peritoneum and muscle/fascial layer.
  • FIGS. 274-277 The medial side of the mesh is marked by placing a surgical staple in the overlying muscle tissue.
  • the dry adhesive-coated meshes are placed in the tissue pocket and held with digital pressure for 5 minutes. The adhesive is activated with the moisture in the tissue, which dissolved and released the oxidant during hydration.
  • Control PE meshes are sutured to peritoneum.
  • the animals are euthanized at days 14 and 28, and the test constructs are subjected to gross, mechanical, and histological evaluation of tissue response and initial tissue ingrowth.
  • Adhesive polymers were cast into films from chloroform at a coating density of 240-480 g/m 2 .
  • the films were cut into a dog-bone shape, sprayed with 20 mg/mL NaIO 4 solution, and allowed to cure for 10 min. After hydration for one hour in PBS at 37° C., the films were pulled to failure at 10 mm/min using a universal tester.
  • Tensile failure testing revealed increased maximum tensile strength with increased coating density, with values within the range of the mechanical properties of the abdominal wall ( FIG. 280 ).

Abstract

The invention describes new synthetic medical adhesives and films which exploit the key components of natural marine mussel adhesive proteins.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present Application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/292,527 filed Nov. 9, 2011, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/411,747 filed Nov. 9, 2010, and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/415,743 filed Nov. 19, 2010, the entirety of each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
    • REFERENCE TO FEDERAL FUNDING
  • This invention was made with government support under NIH (1R43DE017827-01, 2R44DE017827-02, 1R43GM080774-01, 1R43DK080547-01, 1R43DK083199-01, 2R44DK083199-02, 1R43AR056519-01A1) and NSF (IIP-0912221, IIP-1013156) grants. The government has certain rights in the invention.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates generally to new synthetic medical adhesives which exploit the key components of natural marine mussel adhesive proteins. The method exploits a biological strategy to modify surfaces that exhibit adhesive properties useful in a diverse array of medical applications. Specifically, the invention describes the use of peptides that mimic natural adhesive proteins in their composition and adhesive properties. These adhesive moieties are coupled to a polymer chain, and provide adhesive and cross-linking (cohesive properties) to the synthetic polymer.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Mussel adhesive proteins (MAPs) are remarkable underwater adhesive materials secreted by certain marine organisms which form tenacious bonds to the substrates upon which they reside. During the process of attachment to a substrate, MAPs are secreted as adhesive fluid precursors that undergo a cross-linking or hardening reaction which leads to the formation of a solid adhesive plaque. One of the unique features of MAPs is the presence of L-3-4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), an unusual amino acid which is believed to be responsible for adhesion to substrates through several mechanisms that are not yet fully understood. The observation that mussels adhere to a variety of surfaces in nature (metal, metal oxide, polymer) led to a hypothesis that DOPA-containing peptides can be employed as the key components of synthetic medical adhesives or coatings.
  • In the medical arena, few adhesives exist which provide both robust adhesion in a wet environment and suitable mechanical properties to be used as a tissue adhesive or sealant. For example, fibrin-based tissue sealants (e.g. Tisseel VH, Baxter Healthcare) provide a good mechanical match for natural tissue, but possess poor tissue-adhesion characteristics. Conversely, cyanoacrylate adhesives (e.g. Dermabond, ETHICON, Inc.) produce strong adhesive bonds with surfaces, but tend to be stiff and brittle in regard to mechanical properties and tend to release formaldehyde as they degrade.
  • Therefore, a need exists for materials that overcome one or more of the current disadvantages.
    • BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides phenyl derivative polymers. In one embodiment, blends of the compounds of the invention described herein can be prepared with various polymers. Polymers suitable for blending with the compounds of the invention are selected to impart non-covalent interactions with the compound(s), such as hydrophobic-hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonding with an oxygen atom on PEG and a substrate surface. These interactions can increase the cohesive properties of the film to a substrate. If a biopolymer is used, it can introduce specific bioactivity to the film, (i.e. biocompatibility, cell binding, immunogenicity, etc.).
  • Generally, there are four classes of polymers useful as blending agents with the compounds of the invention. Class 1 includes: Hydrophobic polymers (polyesters, PPG) with terminal functional groups (—OH, COOH, etc.), linear PCL-diols (MW 600-2000), branched PCL-triols (MW 900), wherein PCL can be replaced with PLA, PGA, PLAGA, and other polyesters.
  • Class 2 includes amphiphilic block (di, tri, or multiblock) copolymers of PEG and polyester or PPG, tri-block copolymers of PCL-PEG-PCL (PCL MW=500-3000, PEG MW=500-3000), tri-block copolymers of PLA-PEG-PLA (PCL MW=500-3000, PEG MW=500-3000). In other embodiments, PCL and PLA can be replaced with PGA, PLGA, and other polyesters. Pluronic polymers (triblock, diblock of various MW) and other PEG, PPG block copolymers are also suitable.
  • Class 3 includes hydrophilic polymers with multiple functional groups (—OH, —NH2, —COOH) along the polymeric backbone. These include, for example, PVA (MW 10,000-100,000), poly acrylates and poly methacrylates, and polyethylene imines.
  • Class 4 includes biopolymers such as polysaccharides, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, cellulose, or proteins, etc. which contain functional groups.
  • Abbreviations: PCL=polycaprolactone, PLA=polylactic acid, PGA=Polyglycolic acid, PLGA=a random copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid, PPG=polypropyl glycol, and PVA=polyvinyl alcohol.
  • It should be understood that the compounds of the invention can be coated multiple times to form bi, tri, etc. layers. The layers can be of the compounds of the invention per se, or of blends of a compound(s) and polymer, or combinations of a compound layer and a blend layer, etc.
  • Consequently, constructs can also include such layering of the compounds per se, blends thereof, and/or combinations of layers of a compound(s) per se and a blend or blends.
  • These adhesives of the invention described throughout the specification can be utilized for wound closure and materials of this type are often referred to as tissue sealants or surgical adhesives.
  • The compounds of the invention can be applied to a suitable substrate surface as a film or coating. Application of the compound(s) to the surface inhibits or reduces the growth of biofilm (bacteria) on the surface relative to an untreated substrate surface. In other embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be employed as an adhesive.
  • Exemplary applications include, but are not limited to fixation of synthetic (resorbable and non-resorbable) and biological membranes and meshes for hernia repair, void-eliminating adhesive for reduction of post-surgical seroma formation in general and cosmetic surgeries, fixation of synthetic (resorbable and non-resorbable) and biological membranes and meshes for tendon and ligament repair, sealing incisions after ophthalmic surgery, sealing of venous catheter access sites, bacterial barrier for percutaneous devices, as a contraceptive device, a bacterial barrier and/or drug depot for oral surgeries (e.g. tooth extraction, tonsillectomy, cleft palate, etc.), for articular cartilage repair, for antifouling or anti-bacterial adhesion.
  • In some embodiments, bioadhesives of the present invention are described, for example, in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/365,049, filed Jul. 16, 2010, entitled “BIOADHESIVE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF SYNTHESIS AND USE”, and employed in constructs with polymer blends as described, for example in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/023382, International Filing Date: 5-Feb.-2010 entitled: “BIOADHESIVE CONSTRUCTS WITH POLYMER BLENDS”, both of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • While multiple embodiments are disclosed, still other embodiments of the present invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the following detailed description. As will be apparent, the invention is capable of modifications in various obvious aspects, all without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Accordingly, the detailed descriptions are to be regarded as illustrative in nature and not restrictive.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIGS. 1-221 show compounds as embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 222 shows a mechanical failure adhesive testing curve.
  • FIG. 223 shows mean wound yield strength.
  • FIG. 224 shows mean wound ultimate strength.
  • FIG. 225 shows histological micrographs at 4-hours.
  • FIG. 226 shows histological micrographs at 3 days.
  • FIG. 227 shows histological micrographs at 7 days.
  • FIG. 228 shows the small intestine burst test apparatus
  • FIG. 229 shows burst testing results for M113 (30wt %)+PVA (89-98 kDa) applied to sutured defect in porcine small intestine.
  • FIG. 230 shows the in vitro degradation profile of adhesive films incubated at 37° C. in PBS (pH 7.4).
  • FIG. 231 shows a photograph of adhesive film (4 cm×8 cm, (A)) coated onto a 6 cm×8 cm segment of BioTape (B).
  • FIG. 232 shows lap shear adhesion testing using bovine pericardium as test substrate; BP=bovine pericardium, N≧6.
  • FIG. 233 shows A) a schematic of tri-layer adhesive film coated onto a biologic mesh, and B) lap shear adhesion strength (left y-axis) of adhesive-coated bovine pericardium, and tensile elastic modulus (right y-axis) of polymer films.
  • FIG. 234 shows photographs of sutured tendon (left), and sutured tendon augmented with adhesive-coated bovine pericardium wrap (right).
  • FIG. 235 shows a tensile failure test of a tendon repaired with suture alone (top panel), and representative curves for each type of repaired tendon (bottom panel). (1) Toe region, (2) dashed line indicating the slope or the linear stiffness of the repaired tendon, (3) arrows indicating the first parallel suture being pulled off, which is considered failure of the repair (failure load), (4) energy to failure as calculated by the area under the curve up to the failure load, and (5) peak load where 3-loop suture begins to fail.
  • FIG. 236 shows a thin film adhesive and a thin film adhesive coated onto a synthetic mesh (pre-coated mesh adhesive).
  • FIG. 237 shows a pre-coated mesh adhesive attached to bovine pericardium.
  • FIG. 238 shows a pre-coated adhesive mesh.
  • FIG. 239 shows an adhesive test assembly.
  • FIG. 240 shows a mounted test assembly.
  • FIG. 241 shows that failure observed with Mehesive-054+20% PEG-PLA arose from failure of the synthetic mesh material.
  • FIG. 242 shows Medhesive-054 during tensile testing. Transverse deformation of the mesh contributes to failure of the adhesive joint.
  • FIG. 243 shows metal locator wires which had been inserted into the lumen of an artery.
  • FIG. 244 shows Medhesive-096 applied to the annulus of fabric surrounding a colostomy bag collection port.
  • FIG. 245 shows translucent bovine pericardium adhered to a Medhesive-coated ostomy collection port.
  • FIG. 246 shows a that a Medhesive-coated ostomy collection port creates a water tight seal with soft tissue.
  • FIG. 247 shows a histologic section showing adhesive-coated (Left box) and non-coated (Right box) regions.
  • FIG. 248 shows a magnified region of mesh coated with adhesive showing signs of tissue in-growth into the mesh.
  • FIG. 249 shows a region of mesh not coated with adhesive with scar plate encapsulating the mesh fibers.
  • FIG. 250 shows a low magnification scanning electron microscopy (SEM) image showing the top adhesive surface of Medhesive-096 coated BioTape.
  • FIG. 251 shows a low magnification SEM image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape.
  • FIG. 252 shows a low magnification SEM image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape.
  • FIG. 253 shows a SEM image of the adhesive surface at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 254 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 255 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 256 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 257 shows a SEM image showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification.
  • FIG. 258 shows the percent dry mass remaining for 240 g/m2 Medhesive-132 coated on PE mesh incubated in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37° C.
  • FIG. 259 shows a photograph of adhesive coated on a PTFE (Motif) mesh.
  • FIG. 260 shows peak lap shear stress of adhesive coated on PTFE mesh. Adhesive coating density is 150 g/m2.
  • FIG. 261 shows peak lap shear stress of adhesive coated on PTFE mesh at a coating density of 240 g/m2.
  • FIG. 262 shows an embodiment of a chemical structure of an adhesive polymer.
  • FIG. 263 shows a degradation profile of polymer films performed at 55° C.
  • FIG. 264 shows schematic diagrams of A) lap shear and B) burst strength tests.
  • FIG. 265 shows the pressure required to burst through the adhesive joint sealed with adhesive-coated bovine pericardium. Dashed lines represent reported abdominal pressure range. Solid line represents statistical equivalence (p>0.05).
  • FIG. 266 shows lap shear adhesive strength required to separate an adhesive joint formed using adhesive-coated bovine pericardium. Solid line represents statistical equivalence (p>0.05).
  • FIG. 267 shows lap shear adhesive strength required to separate an adhesive joint formed using adhesive-coated bovine pericardium.
  • FIG. 268 shows in vitro degradation of adhesive-coated PE meshes incubated in PBS at 37° C.
  • FIG. 269 shows a lap shear test performed on Medhesive-137/Medhesive-138 films embedded with NaIO4. Both meshes had a weight of 30 g/m2. The PP and PE had pore sizes of 1.5×1.2 mm and 0.5 mm, respectively.
  • FIG. 270 shows a schematic diagram of multi-layered design for embedding oxidant in a non-adhesive layer. When the adhesive comes into contact with the aqueous medium (A), the films swell and the embedded oxidant dissolves and diffuses to the adhesive layer, which oxidizes the catechol (B), and interfacial binding occurs between the adhesive layer and the tissue surface (C).
  • FIG. 271 shows adhesive-coated mesh attached to the peritoneum after activation.
  • FIG. 272 shows adhesive-coated mesh adhered tightly to peritoneum with no curling, post-surgical adhesion, and shrinkage at day 7.
  • FIG. 273 shows an H&E stain of harvested implant site at 10× objective magnification showing thin scar plate formation. The black line marks the thickness of the adhesive.
  • FIG. 274 shows the dimensions of an adhesive-coated mesh with uncoated regions (10-mm diameter circles).
  • FIG. 275 shows an adhesive coated onto PE mesh in a pattern.
  • FIG. 276 shows inserting the patterned adhesive mesh in between the peritoneum and the abdominal muscle wall.
  • FIG. 277 shows a photograph of in situ activated adhesive-coated mesh with the construct conforming to the shape of the tissue.
  • FIG. 278 shows a photograph of a patterned adhesive-coated mesh observed bendath a layer of peritoneum after 14-days of implantation. The arrows point to regions not coated with adhesive, with the adhesive construct conforming to the tissue.
  • FIG. 279 shows a photograph of a patterned adhesive-coated mesh after subjection to mechanical testing. The arrows point to areas not coated with adhesive demonstrating a significant amount of tissue ingrowth, with tissue remaining attached to the mesh. The dashed line indicate mesh tears during tensile testing.
  • FIG. 280 shows the maximum tensile strength of adhesive films compared to polyester (PE) mesh. The dashed lines indicate tensile strength ranges of the abdominal wall. “β” indicates no statistical difference (p>0.05).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Table 1. provides the Medhesive number, name, description and figure number of compounds of the present invention.
  • TABLE 1
    Name R&D Name Description FIG. No.
    QuadraSeal-D PEG10k-(Boc- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 1
    DOPA)4 MW) coupled with terminal N-Boc-
    DOPA.
    QuadraSeal-D4 PEG10k- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 2
    (DOPA4)4 MW) coupled with terminal short
    peptide consisting of 4 DOPA
    residue.
    QuadraSeal-DL PEG10k-(DOPA3- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 3
    Lys2)4 MW) coupled with terminal short
    peptide consisting of 3 DOPA and
    2 Lys residue.
    QuadraSeal-DH PEG10k- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 4
    (DOHA)4 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    QuadraSeal-DHe PEG10k-(GDHe)4 Branched, 4-armed PEG-OH (10k FIG. 5
    MW) coupled with terminal Gly-
    DOHA dipeptide.
    QuadraSeal-DMe PEG10k- Branched, 4-armed PEG-OH (10k FIG. 6
    (SADMe)4 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with succinic acid.
    QuadraSeal-Dmu PEG10k-(DMu)4 Branched, 4-armed PEG-OH (10k FIG. 7
    MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with urethane
    linkage.
    QuadraSeal-CA PEG10k-(CA)4 Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 8
    MW) coupled with terminal caffeic
    acid through an amide linkage.
    QuadraSeal-BA PEG10k-(BA)4 Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 9
    MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxybenzoic acid through an
    amide linkage.
    QuadraSeal-GA PEG10k-(GA)4 Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 10
    MW) coupled with terminal Gallic
    Acid through an amide linkage.
    Medhesive-001 p(EG1kf-g-DM) Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW) FIG. 11
    grafted with dopamine. Chain
    extension achieved with fumaryl
    chloride and grafted with 3-
    mercaptopropionic acid (MPA).
    Medhesive-002 p(F68EG1kf-g- Linear, repeating polymer FIG. 12
    DM) consisted of 80 wt % PEG (1k MW)
    and 20 wt % F-68 (8600 MW)
    grafted with dopamine. Chain
    extension achieved with fumaryl
    chloride and grafted with MPA.
    Medhesive-003 p(F2k-g-DM) Linear, repeating pluronic (1.9k FIG. 13
    MW, 50 wt % PEO 50 wt % PPO,
    PEO11-PPO16-PEO11) grafted with
    dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved with fumaryl chloride and
    grafted with MPA.
    Medhesive-004 p(EG1kCL2kf-g- Linear, repeating polymer FIG. 14
    DxLy) consisted of 50 wt % PEG (1k MW)
    and 50 wt % polycaprolactone (2k
    MW) grafted with dopamine. Chain
    extension achieved with fumaryl
    chloride and grafted with MPA.
    Medhesive-005 Gelatin75-g-DM Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 15
    grafted with dopamine.
    Medhesive-006 p(DMA3-AAm) Polymerized from equal DMA3 and FIG. 16
    acrylamide. DMA3 accounts for
    20-25 wt %
    Medhesive-007 Gelatin75CA-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 17
    p(DMA3) grafted with polyDMA3.
    Polymerization achieved using
    cysteamine as the chain transfer
    agent (CTA).
    Medhesive-008 p(DMA3-AAm- Polymerized from equal DMA3, FIG. 18
    AMPS) acrylamide, and AMPS. DMA3
    accounts for 20-25 wt % and AMPS
    accounts for 10 wt %.
    Medhesive-009 p(DMA3-VP) Polymerized from equal DMA3 and FIG. 19
    vinyl pyrrolidone DMA3 accounts
    for 25 wt %
    Medhesive-010 CA-p(DMA3- DMA3-NIPAM copolymer formed FIG. 20
    NIPAM) usine cysteamine as the CTA.
    Medhesive-011 p(ED2kDL-SA) Linear, repeating Jeffamine ED- FIG. 21
    2001 (1.9k MW) end coupled with
    short, random peptide consisting of
    DOPA and Lys. Chain extension
    achieved through succinyl chloride.
    Medhesive-012 Gelatin75-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 22
    p(DMA3) grafted with polyDMA3.
    Polymerization directly on gelatin.
    Medhesive-013 Gelatin75-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 23
    DOPA grafted with DOPA.
    Medhesive-014 p(ED2kLys-g- Linear, repeating Jeffamine ED- FIG. 24
    DM) 2001 (1.9k MW) and lysine grafted
    with dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved through succinyl chloride.
    Medhesive-015 p(EG600HMPA- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 25
    g-DM) and bis-hydroxymethyl propionic
    acid (DMPA) grafted with
    dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved through succinyl chloride.
    Medhesive-016 p(DMA3-AMPS- Polymerized from equal DMA3, FIG. 26
    VP) VP, and AMPS. DMA3 accounts
    for 5-10 wt %.
    Medhesive-017 Gelatin75-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 27
    DOHA grafted with DOHA.
    Medhesive-018 p(EG300Asp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (300 MW) FIG. 28
    DH) and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation.
    Medhesive-019 p(EG600Asp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 29
    DH) and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation.
    Medhesive-020 p(EG1kAsp-g- Linear, repeating PEG 1k MW) and FIG. 30
    DH) Asp grafted with DOHA. Chain
    extension achieved through melt
    polycondensation.
    Medhesive-021 Gelatin75-g- Gelatin (75 bloom, Type B, Bovine) FIG. 31
    DHDP grafted with DOHA and DOPA.
    Medhesive-022 p(EG1kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW) FIG. 32
    DM) and Lys grafted with dopamine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation of PEG-OH with
    phosgene and 4-nitrophenol to
    form 4-nitrophenyl carbonate.
    Medhesive-023 p(EG1kLys-g-DL) Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW) FIG. 33
    and Lys grafted with dopamine-
    lysine. Chain extension achieved
    through activation of PEG-OH with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-024 p(EG1kCL1kGLys- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW), FIG. 34
    g-DM) PCL-(Gly-TSA) (25 wt %, 1250 MW)
    and Lys grafted with dopamine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with triphosgene and
    NHS.
    Medhesive-025 p(EG1kCL1kf68Lys- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW), FIG. 35
    g-DM) PCL-diol (23 wt %, 1250 MW), F68
    (10 wt % 8350 MW), and Lys
    grafted with dopamine. Chain
    extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-026 p(F2kLys-g-DM) Linear, repeating PEG-PPG-PEG FIG. 36
    (1.9k MW 50 wt % EG, EG11-
    PG16-EG11), and Lys grafted with
    dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-027 p(EG600[EG1kCL2kG]Lys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 37
    g-DL) copolymer (PCL-diol (25 wt %, 2000 MW),
    PEG (10 wt % 1000 MW), and
    Lys grafted with dopamine-Lys.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-028 p(EG600EG8kLys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 38
    g-DM) PEG (10 wt %, 8000 MW), and Lys
    grafted with dopamine. Chain
    extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-029 Branched Branched, repeating PEG (1k Mw) FIG. 39
    p(EG1kAsp-g- and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    DH) Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation. Branching
    achieved with Pentaerythritol
    Medhesive-030 p(EG600Lys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 40
    DM) and Lys grafted with dopamine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-031 Branched Branched, repeating PEG (1k Mw) FIG. 41
    p(EG1kAsp-g- and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    DH) Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation. Branching
    achieved with 4-arm PEG(10k).
    Medhesive-032 Branched Branched, repeating PEG (600 Mw) FIG. 42
    p(EG600Asp-g- and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    DH) Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation. Branching
    achieved with 4-arm PEG(10k)
    Medhesive-033 Gel225-g-DM Gelatin 225 Bloom Type B (50,000 MW) FIG. 43
    grafted with dopamine.
    Medhesive-034 HA-g-DM Hyluronic acid (low MW) grafted FIG. 44
    with dopamine.
    Medhesive-035 Gel225-g- Gelatin 225 Bloom Type B (50,000 MW) FIG. 45
    ED2kDH grafted with ED2k-DH.
    Medhesive-036 p(EG1kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1000 MW) FIG. 46
    EG600GDH) and Lys grafted with Gly-EG600-
    Gly-DOHA with ester linkage.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-037 p(EG1kAsp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1000 MW) FIG. 47
    EGDM) and Asp grafted with
    PEG(600 mw)-DM ‘brushes’. Chain
    extension achieved through melt
    polycondensation.
    Medhesive-038 p(EG2kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (2000 MW) FIG. 48
    DM) and Lys grafted with dopamine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-039 Branched- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 49
    EG600-DL with a pentaerythrtol core and
    PEG600-diacid (1:4 feed ratio)
    end-capped with a Lys-dopamine
    dipeptide.
    Medhesive-040 p(EG2kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (2000 MW) FIG. 50
    EG600GDH) and Lys grafted with Gly-EG600-
    Gly-DOHA with ester linkage.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-041 p(EG2kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (2000 MW) FIG. 51
    EDAEG600DM) and Lys grafted with EDA-EG600-
    Dopamine with amide linkages.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-042 p(EG600Lys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 52
    EDAEG600DM) and Lys grafted with EDA-EG600-
    Dopamine with amide linkages.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-043 p(EG600Lys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW) FIG. 53
    DL) and Lys grafted with dopamine-
    lysine. Chain extension achieved
    through activation of PEG-OH with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-044 p(EG600Lys-g- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW) FIG. 54
    EG600GDH) and Lys grafted with Gly-EG600-
    Gly-DOHA with ester linkage.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-045 p(EG1kCL530Lys- Linear, repeating PEG (1k MW), FIG. 55
    g-EG600GDH) PCL-(Gly)2 (530 MW)and Lys
    grafted with Gly-EG600-Gly-DOHA
    with ester linkage. Chain
    extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Feed mole ratio PEG:PCL:Lys =
    2:1:1
    Medhesive-046 PEG600-(DL)2 PEG-diacid (600 MW) modified FIG. 56
    with dopamine-Lys.
    Medhesive-047 p(EG2kAsp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (2000 MW) FIG. 57
    EGDM) and Asp grafted with
    PEG(600 mw)-DM ‘brushes’. Chain
    extension achieved through melt
    polycondensation.
    Medhesive-048 p(EG600CL530GLys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 58
    g-ED600DH) PCL-(Gly)2 (530 MW)and Lys
    grafted with ED600-DOHA with
    amide linkage. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS. Feed mole
    ratio PEG:PCL:Lys = 2:1:1
    Medhesive-049 p(EG600CL530GLys- Linear, repeating PEG (600 MW), FIG. 59
    g-ED900DH) PCL-(Gly)2 (530 MW)and Lys
    grafted with ED600-DOHA with
    amide linkage. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS. Feed mole
    ratio PEG:PCL:Lys = 2:1:1
    Medhesive-050 p(F2kLys-g- Linear, repeating PEG-PPG-PEG FIG. 60
    ED600DL) (1.9k MW 50 wt % EG, EG11-
    PG16-EG11), and Lys grafted with
    ED600-(DOPAx-Lysy). Chain
    extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-051 F2k-(GDL)2 PEG-PPG-PEG (1.9k MW 50 wt % FIG. 61
    EG, EG11-PG16-EG11) end-
    functionalized with glycine-
    (DOPAx-Lysy) peptide.
    Medhesive-052 p(EG2kAsp-g- Linear, repeating PEG (2k MW) FIG. 62
    DH) and Asp grafted with DOHA.
    Chain extension achieved through
    melt polycondensation.
    Medhesive-053 p(EG2kEG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 63
    g-DM) (2000 MW, 99 mol %) and 4-armed
    PEG (10k MW, 1 mol %) linked
    together with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-054 p(CL1.25kEG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 64
    g-DH2) from PCL-diSA 1.25k and 4-arm
    PEG-NH2 10k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Medhesive-055 p(EG1k33EG2k66EG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 65
    g- (1000 MW, 33 mol %), PEG (2000 MW,
    DM) 66 mol %) and 4-armed PEG
    (10k MW, 1 mol %) linked together
    with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-056 p[EG1kEG10kb1(Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 66
    g- (1000 MW, 99 mol %) and 4-armed
    DM)33(LysOMe)66] PEG (10k MW, 1 mol %) linked
    together with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine and Lys-Methylester
    (feed ratio = 1:2). Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-057 PEG20k- Branched, 4-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 67
    (DOHA)4 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    Medhesive-058 PEG10k- Branched, 6-armed PEG-NH2 (10k FIG. 68
    (DOHA)6 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    Medhesive-059 PEG15k- Branched, 6-armed PEG-NH2 (15k FIG. 69
    (DOHA)6 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    Medhesive-060 PEG20k- Branched, 6-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 70
    (DOHA)6 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    Medhesive-061 PEG20k-(Dmu)8 Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 71
    MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with urethane
    linkage.
    Medhesive-062 p[(EG10MA- Random, repeating copolymer of FIG. 72
    Dmu)-EG9ME] 475 MW PEG Methyl ether
    methacrylate and 526 MW PEG
    Methacrylate with dopamine linked
    via urethane linkage.
    Medhesive-063 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 73
    (DOHA)8 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DOHA).
    Medhesive-064 p[EG1kEG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 74
    g-(DM)(IPA)] (1000 MW, 99 mol %) and 4-armed
    PEG (10k MW, 1 mol %) linked
    together with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine and isopropyl amine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-065 p[EG2kEG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 75
    g-(DM)(IPA)] (2000 MW, 99 mol %) and 4-armed
    PEG (10k MW, 1 mol %) linked
    together with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine and isopropyl amine.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-066 p(EG600CL2kEG10kb3Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 76
    g-DM) (600 MW, 63 mol %), PCL (2kMW,
    34 mol %) and 4-armed PEG
    (10kMW, 3 mol %) linked together
    with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine. 50 wt % PEG and PCL
    each in feed. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-067 p(EG1kCL2kGCLb3Lys- Random repeating linear PEG FIG. 77
    g-DM) (1kMW, 63 mol %), PCL (2kMW,
    34 mol %) and 4-armed PEG
    (10kMW, 3 mol %) linked together
    with Lys and grafted with
    dopamine. 50 wt % PEG and PCL
    each in feed. Chain extension
    achieved through activation with
    phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-068 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 78
    (SADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with succinic acid.
    (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-069 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 79
    (GADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with Glutaric
    acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-070 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 80
    (PLASADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with succinic acid
    and short polylactide. (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-071 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 81
    (GlyDHe)8 MW) coupled with terminal DOHA
    linked with glycine (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-072 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 82
    (DMurea)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with urea linkage.
    Medhesive-073 p(ED1kCL2kEG8b20k1f- Linear, repeating polymer FIG. 83
    g-CADH) consisted of PPG-PEG-PPG (900 MW,
    ~73 wt % PEG),
    polycaprolactone (2k MW), 8-
    armed PEG-NH2 (20k) (feed mole
    ratio = 68:31:1) grafted with
    DOHA. Chain extension achieved
    with fumaryl chlorideand grafted
    with cysteinamine.
    Medhesive-074 PEG15K- Branched, 6-arm PEG-NH2 (15k) FIG. 84
    (DMUrea)6 coupled with terminal dopamine
    linked with urea linkage.
    Medhesive-075 PEG20K-(BA)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 85
    MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxybenzoic acid linked with
    amide linkage.
    Medhesive-076 PEG20K-(BAe)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-OH (20k FIG. 86
    MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    dihydroxybenzoic acid linked with
    ester linkage.
    Medhesive-077 PEG20K-(GA)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 87
    MW) coupled with terminal 3,4,5-
    trihydroxybenzoic acid (gallic acid)
    linked with amide linkage.
    Medhesive-078 PEG20K-(GAe)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 88
    MW) coupled with terminal 3,4,5-
    trihydroxybenzoic acid (gallic acid)
    linked with ester linkage.
    Medhesive-079 PEG20K-(CA)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 89
    MW) coupled with terminal caffeic
    acid linked with amide linkage.
    Medhesive-080 PEG20K-(CAe)8 Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 90
    MW) coupled with terminal caffeic
    acid linked with ester linkage.
    Medhesive-081 PEG20k- Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 91
    (DOPA4)8 MW) coupled with short oligo-
    peptide of poly(DOPA).
    Medhesive-082 PEG40k-(Dmu)8 Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (40k FIG. 92
    MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked via urethane
    linkage.
    Medhesive-083 PEG15k-(Dmu)6 Branched, 6-armed PEG-OH (15k FIG. 93
    MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked via urethane
    linkage.
    Medhesive-084 PEG15k-(SH- Branched, 6-arm PEG-0H FIG. 94
    p(DMA3))6 (15kMW) modified with p(DMA3)
    via a thiol linkage.
    Medhesive-085 dpe-PLA6k- Branched 6-arm PLA (6k MW, FIG. 95
    (EG2kDHe)6 based on dipentaerythritol)
    modified with a HOOC-PEG-NH2
    (2k MW) and DOHA at each
    terminal group.
    Medhesive-086 dpe-PEG15k- Branched 6-arm PEG (15k MW, FIG. 96
    (DH)6 based on dipentaerythritol)
    modified with DOHA.
    Medhesive-087 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 97
    (LyseDH2)8 MW) coupled with terminal DOHA
    linked with Lysine (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-088 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 98
    (AspDH2)8 MW) coupled with terminal DOHA
    linked with Aspartic acid (urethane
    linkage)
    Medhesive-089 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 99
    (DMuDH2e)8 MW) coupled with dopamine
    (urethane linkage), with its 2
    sidechain phenols coupled with
    DOHA through ester linkages.
    Medhesive-090 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 100
    (TMuDHe)8 MW) coupled with tyramine
    (urethane linkage), with its
    sidechain phenol coupled with
    DOHA through ester linkage.
    Medhesive-091 PEG20K-(DH)8 Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 101
    MW) coupled with terminal DOHA
    Medhesive-092 PEG15k-dpe- Branched, 6-arm dipentaerythritol FIG. 102
    (BA)6 PEG-NH2 (15K MW) coupled to
    3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid through
    an amide linkage.
    Medhesive-093 PEG20k- Branched, 8-arm PEG-OH (20K FIG. 103
    (THBA)8 MW) coupled to 2,3,4-
    trihydroxybenzoic acid through an
    ester linkage.
    Medhesive-094 PEG20k- Branched, 8-arm PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 104
    (DOPA3-Lys2)8 MW) coupled with short oligo-
    peptide of poly(DOPA-Lys).
    Medhesive-095 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 105
    (PLADMu)8 MW) with a short polylactide block
    terminated with dopamine coupled
    through urethane linkage
    Medhesive-096 p(CL2kGEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 106
    g-DMu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Urethane linkages.
    Medhesive-097 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 107
    (DeDH)8 MW) terminated with a short
    DOPA-DOHA peptide, where the
    DOPA is couple to the PEG-OH
    with ester linkage
    Medhesive-098 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 108
    (TMuDMu)8 MW) coupled with tyramine
    (urethane linkage), with its
    sidechain phenol coupled with
    dopamine through urethane
    linkage.
    Medhesive-099 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 109
    (ABAuDM)8 MW) coupled with 4-aminobenzoic
    acid (urethane linkage), with its
    sidechain carboxyl group coupled
    with dopamine through amide
    linkage.
    Medhesive-100 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 110
    (AIPuDM2)8 MW) coupled with 5-
    Aminoisophthalic acid (urethane
    linkage), with its sidechain
    carboxyl group coupled with 2
    dopamine through amide linkage.
    Medhesive-101 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 111
    (APDuDH2)8 MW) coupled with 3-Amino-1,2-
    propandiol (urethane linkage), with
    the sidechain hydroxyl groups
    coupled with DOHA through ester
    linkages.
    Medhesive-102 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 112
    (MGADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with 3-Methyl
    Glutaric acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-103 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 113
    (DMGADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with 2,2-Dimethyl
    Glutaric acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-104 p(CL2kEG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 114
    g-DH2) from PCL-diSA 2k and 4-arm PEG-
    NH2 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified
    with DOHA. (Amide linkage)
    Medhesive-105 p(CL1.25kEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 115
    g-DMu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 1.25k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    (Urethane linkage)
    Medhesive-106 p(EG2k8aCL2k- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 116
    NHS6) constructed from PCL-(OH)2 2k
    and 8-arm PEG-OH 20k (1:1 molar
    feed ratio) modified with NHS.
    Medhesive-107 PEG20K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 117
    (GABMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dihydroxybenzylamine linked with
    Glutaric acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-108 PEG40K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (40k FIG. 118
    (LyseDH2)8 MW) coupled with terminal DOHA
    linked with Lysine (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-109 p(EG2kCL2k75EG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG (2k, FIG. 119
    g- 3 mol %), PCL (2kMW, 37 mol %)
    DM) and 4-armed PEG (10kMW,
    1 mol %) linked together with Lys
    and grafted with dopamine.
    75 wt % PCL and 6 wt % linear PEG.
    Chain extension achieved through
    activation with phosgene and NHS.
    Medhesive-110 p(EG2kCL2k50EG10kb1Lys- Random repeating linear PEG (2k, FIG. 120
    g- 15 mol %), PCL (2kMW, 25 mol %)
    DM) and 4-armed PEG (10kMW,
    1 mol %) linked together with Lys
    and grafted with dopamine.
    50 wt % PCL and 30 wt % linear
    PEG. Chain extension achieved
    through activation with phosgene
    and NHS.
    Medhesive-111 p(CL1.252kEG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 121
    g-DH6) from PCL-diSA 1.25k and 8-arm
    PEG-NH2 10k.
    Medhesive-112 p(CL5.6kEG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 122
    g-DH2) from triblock copolymer PCL-PEG-
    PCL diSA 5.4k and 4-arm PEG-
    NH2 10k (1:1 feed ratio) modified
    with DOHA.
    Medhesive-113 PEG40K- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (40k FIG. 123
    (GADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with Glutaric
    acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-114 p(CL2kGEG5kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 124
    g-DMu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 5k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Urethane linkages.
    Medhesive-115 p(CL2kGEG2kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 125
    g-DMu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 2k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Urethane linkages.
    Medhesive-116 p(LA4.2kEG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 126
    g-DH2) from PLA-PEG(600)-PLA-diSA
    4.2k and 4-arm PEG-NH2 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with DOHA.
    Medhesive-117 PEG20k-(TMu)8 Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 127
    MW) coupled with tyramine
    (urethane linkage)
    Medhesive-118 p(PCL2KEG5k-g- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 128
    DMe2) from PCL(2K)-Gly and 4-arm
    PEG-(SA)4 5k (1:2 feed ratio)
    modified with Dopamine HCl.
    Medhesive-119 Polyrotaxane composed of linear FIG. 129
    PEG35k terminated with succinic
    acid and dopamine as well as
    alpha-cyclodextrin modified with
    succinic acid and dopamine.
    Medhesive-120 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 130
    (LysHF2)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Hydroferulic acid linked with Lysine
    (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-121 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 131
    (MGAMTe)8 MW) coupled with terminal 3-
    Methoxytyramine (3-MT) linked
    with 3-Methyl Glutaric acid. (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-122 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 132
    (MGAVAe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Vanillylamine (VA) linked with 3-
    Methyl Glutaric acid. (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-123 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 133
    (LysHVA2)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Homovanillic acid linked with
    Lysine (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-124 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 134
    (MSADMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    dopamine linked with
    methylsuccinic acid (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-125 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 135
    (MGAHVTAe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Homoveratrylamine (HVTA) linked
    with 3-Methyl Glutaric acid. (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-126 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 136
    (MGATMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Tyramine (TA) linked with 3-Methyl
    Glutaric acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-127 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 137
    (MGA(Ac)2DMe)8 MW) coupled with terminal Ac2-
    dopamine linked with 3-Methyl
    Glutaric acid. (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-128 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 138
    (MGAPEAe)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Phenylethylamine HCl linked with
    3-Methyl Glutaric acid. (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-129 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 139
    (LysDMHA2)8 MW) coupled with terminal 3,4-
    Dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid
    (DMHA) linked with Lysine (ester
    linkage)
    Medhesive-130 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-OH (20k FIG. 140
    (LysHCA2)8 MW) coupled with terminal
    Hydrocinnamic acid (HCA) linked
    with Lysine (ester linkage)
    Medhesive-131 PEG20k- Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 141
    (3M4ABA)8 MW) coupled with terminal 3-
    Methoxy-4-AminoBenzoic Acid
    linked with amide linkage
    Medhesive-132 p(CL2kEG10k(SA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 142
    g-DMe2 constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Medhesive-133 Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 143
    MW) coupled with terminal 3-
    Hydroxy-4-AminoBenzoic Acid
    linked with amide linkage
    Medhesive-134 Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 144
    MW) coupled with terminal 3-
    Methoxy-4-NitroBenzoic Acid
    linked with amide linkage -
    Medhesive-131 Intermediate
    Medhesive-135 Branched, 8-armed PEG-NH2 (20k FIG. 145
    MW) coupled with terminal 3-
    Hydroxy-4-NitroBenzoic Acid
    linked with amide linkage -
    Medhesive-133
    Medhesive-136 p(CL1.25kEG10k(SA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 146
    g-DMe2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 1.25k
    and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Medhesive-137 p(CL2kEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 147
    g-MTu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with 3-
    Methoxytyramine (3-MT).
    Urethane linkages.
    Medhesive-138 p(CL2kEG10kb- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 148
    g-DMPAu2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-OH 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with 3,4-
    dimethoxyphenylamine. Urethane
    linkages.
    Medhesive-139 p(CL2kEG10k(GA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 149
    g-DMe2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GA 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with Dopamine.
    Medhesive-140 p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 150
    g-DHe2) constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with DOHA
    Medhesive-141 p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 151
    g-HFe2) constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with
    Hydroferulic Acid.
    Medhesive-142 p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 152
    g- constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k
    DMHCAe2) and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with 3,4-
    Dimethoxyhydrocinnamic Acid.
    Medhesive-143 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 153
    constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-SA 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with 3-
    Methoxytyramine.
    Medhesive-144 p(CL2kEG10k(GA)b- Multi-branched polymer FIG. 154
    g-MTe2) constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GA 10k (1:1 feed
    ratio) modified with 3-
    Methoxytyramine.
    Medhesive-145 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 155
    constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with Ferulic
    Acid.
    Medhesive-146 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 156
    constructed from PCL-(SA)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-GABA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with Vanillic
    Acid.
    Medhesive-147 Multi-branched polymer FIG. 157
    constructed from PCL-(Gly)2 2k
    and 4-arm PEG-MGA 10k (1:1
    feed ratio) modified with
    Dopamine.
    Surphys-001 mPEG-DOPA3 5000 MW mPEG modified with a FIG. 158
    short peptide consists of 3 DOPA
    residues.
    Surphys-002 mPEG-DOPA- 5000 MW mPEG modified with a FIG. 159
    Lys short, random peptide consists of 3
    DOPA and 2 Lysine residues.
    Surphys-003 PMP1 2000 MW peptoid modified with FIG. 160
    alternating DOPA-Lys-DOPA-Lys-
    DOPA peptide
    Surphys-004 SIATRP-EG9ME Surface-Initiated ATRP FIG. 161
    polymerization of EG9ME.
    Surphys-005 SIATRP-EG4ME Surface-Initiated ATRP FIG. 162
    polymerization of EG4ME.
    Surphys-006 p(DMA3- Polymerized DMA3 and EG1kMA. FIG. 163
    EG1kMA) Amide linkage between PEG and
    methacrylate group.
    Surphys-007 p(DMA3- Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 164
    EG12AA) EG12AA (mPEG acrylamide
    550MW PEG). DMA3 accounts for
    5-10 wt %.
    Surphys-008 p(ED2k-g-DOHA) Linear, repeating Jeffamine FIG. 165
    ED2001 (1.9kMW) grafted with
    DOHA. Chain extension achieved
    with Fumaryl Chloride.
    Surphys-009 p(EG9ME-DMA3) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 166
    4% EG9ME. DMA3 accounts for 4 wt %
    Surphys-010 p(EG9ME-DMA3) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 167
    22% EG9ME. DMA3 accounts for
    20 wt %
    Surphys-011 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG. 168
    Allylamine) and Allylamine with a DMA content
    of ~10 wt % and Allylamine content
    of ~5 wt %
    Surphys-012 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG. 169
    DABMA) and DABMA, with a DMA content
    of ~13 wt %
    Surphys-013 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG. 170
    APTP) and quaternary amine APTP, with
    a DMA content of 18 wt % and
    APTP content of 24 wt %
    Surphys-014 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG. 171
    AMPS) and AMPS, with a DMA content of
    16 wt % and AMPS content of
    21 wt %.
    Surphys-015 p(DMA3-EG4ME) Polymerized from equal DMA3 and FIG. 172
    OEG4ME. DMA3 accounts for 32 wt
    %.
    Surphys-016 p(DMA-EG4ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG4ME FIG. 173
    AMPS) and AMPS, with a DMA content of
    13 wt %.
    Surphys-017 p(ED2k-g-DL) Linear, repeating Jeffamine FIG. 174
    ED2001 (1.9kMW) grafted with
    short, random peptide of DOPA
    and Lys. Chain extension achieved
    with Fumaryl Chloride.
    Surphys-018 p(DMA3-NAM) Polymerized from DMA3 and N- FIG. 175
    Acryloylmorpholine. DMA3
    accounts for 5-10 wt %.
    Surphys-019 p(DMA3-SBMA) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 176
    sulfobetaine methacrylate with
    stable amide linkage. DMA3
    accounts for 5-10 wt %.
    Surphys-020 p(DMA4-EG9ME) Polymerized from DMA4 and FIG. 177
    EG9ME.
    Surphys-021 p(EG6kLu-g-DH) Polyether urethane of repeating FIG. 178
    PEG (6k MW) and Lysine grafted
    with DOHA).
    Surphys-022 p(DMA3-TFEMA) Fluorinated polymer containing FIG. 179
    5 wt % DMA3 and trifluoroethyl
    methacrylate.
    Surphys-023 p(DMA3-EG9ME- Polymerized from DMA3, EG9ME FIG. 180
    HEMAP) and hydroxyethyl methacrylate
    phosphoric acid. DMA3 accounts
    for ~5-10 wt % and HEMAP
    accounts for ~5 wt %.
    Surphys-024 p(DMA3-NAM- Polymerized from DMA3, APTP FIG. 181
    APTP) and N-Acryloylmorpholine. DMA3
    accounts for 5-10 wt %.
    Surphys-025 p(DMA3-MEA) Polymerized from DMA3 and MEA. FIG. 182
    DMA3 accounts for 15 wt %.
    Surphys-026 p(DMA3-HEMA) Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 183
    HEMA. DMA3 accounts for 27 wt
    %.
    Surphys-027 p(DMA3-HEMA- Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 184
    NIPAM) HEMA and NIPAM. Feed ratio of
    DMA3:HEMA:NIPAM = 1:1:1
    Surphys-028 p(VP-co-DM) Polymerized VP and activated FIG. 185
    ester (NAS), then coupled DM.
    Feed ratio of VP:NAS = 20:1
    Surphys-029 p(EG600EG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 186
    g-DH2) from PEG600-diacid and 4-arm
    PEG-NH2 10k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Surphys-030 Chitosan-1- ~2.5% DOHA content attached to FIG. 187
    DOHA the amine group on a 75-85%
    deacylated, low molecular wieght
    chitosan structure
    Surphys-031 Chitosan-2- ~5% DOHA content attached to FIG. 188
    DOHA the amine group on a 75-85%
    deacylated, low molecular wieght
    chitosan structure
    Surphys-032 Chitosan-3- ~10% DOHA content attached to FIG. 189
    DOHA the amine group on a 75-85%
    deacylated, low molecular wieght
    chitosan structure
    Surphys-033 p(DMA3-KMA1) Polymerized from DMA3 and eN- FIG. 190
    Methacryloyl-Lysine (KMA1).
    Surphys-034 p(VP-co-AADH) Polymerized VP and allylamine, FIG. 191
    then coupled with DOHA using
    carbodiimide chemistry. Feed ratio
    of VP:allylamine = 20:1
    Surphys-035 p(EG600EG10kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 192
    g-DH4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm
    PEG-NH2 10k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Surphys-036 p[DMA3-(ACA- Polymerized from DMA3 and FIG. 193
    p(VP))] acrylated Cysteamine-p(VP) with
    an expected DMA3 content of
    5.4 wt %. Monomer:initiator molar
    ratio = 75:1
    Surphys-037 p(EG600EG15kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 194
    g-DH4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm
    PEG-NH2 15k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Surphys-038 Chitosan- ~2.5% DOHA content attached to FIG. 195
    2.5PEGDOHA 600 MW PEG attached to the
    amine group on a 75-85%
    deacylated, low molecular wieght
    chitosan structure
    Surphys-039 4Chitosan:4DMu- 8-arm branched PEG capped with FIG. 196
    20KPEG 4 DOHA groups and 4 75-85%
    deacylated, low molecual weight
    chitosan substituents.
    Surphys-040 PNIPAAm-DL Poly(NIPAAm)-CA terminated with FIG. 197
    a oligomeric DOPA-Lys peptide.
    Surphys-041 PEI-DH Polyethyleneimine 25k, branched FIG. 198
    coupled with DOHA (molar ratio
    10:1 DOHA:PEI). Theoretical wt %
    DH = 6.8
    Surphys-042 p(mPEG2k-DH) 5000 MW poly(acrylic acid) FIG. 199
    modified with mPEG-amine (2k)
    and dopamine. Theoretical wt % of
    catechol = 5.6%
    Surphys-043 p(DMA3- Polymerized DMA3 and FIG. 200
    ETMDMA) Eicosafluoro-11-
    (trifluoromethyl)dodecyl
    methacrylate.
    Surphys-044 p(mPEG1k-DH) 5000 MW poly(acrylic acid) FIG. 201
    modified with mPEG-amine (1k)
    and dopamine.
    Surphys-045 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 202
    g-DH4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm
    PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Surphys-046 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 203
    g-DH3) from PEG600-diacid and 8-arm
    PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with DOHA.
    Surphys-047 5KChitosan:PEGDMe 8-arm branched PEG capped with FIG. 204
    Dopamine groups and 5000
    molecular weight chitosan
    substituents.
    Surphys-048 p(DMA3- Polymerized DMA3 and FIG. 205
    HDFDMA) Heptadecafluorodecylmethacrylate
    using AIBN as the initiator.
    Surphys-049 p(EG600EG20kb- Branched polymer constructed FIG. 206
    g-DOPA4) from PEG600-diacid and 6-arm
    PEG-NH2 20k (1:1 feed ratio)
    modified with N-Boc-DOPA.
    Surphys-050 PEI-DH-BH Branched Polyethyleneimine 25k, FIG. 207
    coupled with DOHA and Betaine
    Hydrochloride (molar ratio 15:75:1
    DOHA:BH:PEI). Theoretical wt %
    DH = 6.96%, BH = 29.3%
    Surphys-051 PEI-DH-LA Branched Polyethyleneimine 25k, FIG. 208
    coupled with DOHA and Lauric
    Acid (molar ratio 15:60:1
    DOHA:LA:PEI). Theoretical wt %
    DH = 6.87%, LA = 30.2%
    Surphys-052 PEI-PEG-DH Branched Polyethyleneimine 25k, FIG. 209
    coupled with DOHA and mPEG.
    Surphys-053 p(Lys-MA-Boc- Polymerized Methacrylic H-(Lys)- FIG. 210
    DMA-3) Boc and 5 Wt % DMA-3
    Microgel-001 NIPAAM:AAc:BIS Polymerized N- FIG. 211
    isopropylacrylamide, Acrylic Acid,
    and N,N′-methylenebisacrylamide.
    Surfactant is Triton X-100 and
    initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
    Microgel-002 AAc:BIS Polymerized Acrylic Acid and N,N′- FIG. 212
    methylenebisacrylamide.
    Surfactant is Triton X-100 and
    initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
    Microgel-003 p(EG)-MA:BIS Polymerized poly(ethylene glycol) FIG. 213
    methacrylate with N,N′-
    methylenebisacrylamide in the
    presence of Triton X-100 and
    ammonium persulfate.
    Microgel-004 p(EG-OMe)- Polymerized poly(ethylene FIG. 214
    MA:BIS glycol)methyl ether methacrylate
    with N,N′-methylenebisacrylamide
    in the presence of Triton X-100
    and ammonium persulfate.
    Microgel-005 NIPAM:AAC- Polymerized N- FIG. 215
    Mn3+ (AC)2:BIS isopropylacrylamide, Acrylic Acid,
    and N,N′-methylenebisacrylamide
    with Manganese(II) Acetate
    oxidized to acrylic acid to form an
    M(III) complex. Surfactant is Triton
    X-100 and initiator is Ammonium
    Persulfate.
    Microgel-006 NIPAM:AAC- Polymerized N- FIG. 216
    Fe3+ (La)2:BIS isopropylacrylamide, Acrylic Acid,
    and N,N′-methylenebisacrylamide
    with Ferrous(II) Lactate oxidized to
    acrylic acid to form an Fe(III)
    complex. Surfactant is Triton X-
    100 and initiator is Ammonium
    Persulfate.
    Microgel-007 NIPAM:AAc:VMA Polymerized N- FIG. 217
    isopropylacrylamide, Acrylic Acid,
    and Vinyl Methacrylate. Surfactant
    is Triton X-100 and initiator is
    Ammonium Persulfate.
    Microgel-008 NIPAM:3AAPTAC: Polymerized N- FIG. 218
    BIS isopropylacrylamide, (3-
    Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl-
    ammonium chloride, and N,N′-
    methylenebisacrylamide.
    Surfactant is Triton X-100 and
    initiator is Ammonium Persulfate
    Microgel-009 NIPAM:3AAPTAC: Polymerized N- FIG. 219
    VMA isopropylacrylamide, (3-
    Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl-
    ammonium chloride, and Vinyl
    Methacrylate. Surfactant is Triton
    X-100 and initiator is Ammonium
    Persulfate
    Microgel-010 NIPAM:3AAPTAC(—IO4): Polymerized N- FIG. 220
    VMA isopropylacrylamide, (3-
    Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl-
    ammonium chloride, and Vinyl
    Methacrylate with ion exchange of
    chlorine for periodate. Surfactant is
    Triton X-100 and initiator is
    Ammonium Persulfate.
    Microgel-011 NIPAM:3AAPTAC(—IO4): Polymerized N- FIG. 221
    BIS isopropylacrylamide, (3-
    Acrylamidopropyl)triethyl-
    ammonium chloride, and N,N′-
    methylenebisacrylamide with ion
    exchange of chlorine for periodate.
    Surfactant is Triton X-100 and
    initiator is Ammonium Persulfate.
  • In the specification and in the claims, the terms “including” and “comprising” are open-ended terms and should be interpreted to mean “including, but not limited to . . . .” These terms encompass the more restrictive terms “consisting essentially of” and “consisting of.”
  • It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. As well, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more” and “at least one” can be used interchangeably herein. It is also to be noted that the terms “comprising”, “including”, “characterized by” and “having” can be used interchangeably.
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All publications and patents specifically mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes including describing and disclosing the chemicals, instruments, statistical analyses and methodologies which are reported in the publications which might be used in connection with the invention. All references cited in this specification are to be taken as indicative of the level of skill in the art. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
  • “Alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl, but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • The term “alkyl” is specifically intended to include groups having any degree or level of saturation, i.e., groups having exclusively single carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds and groups having mixtures of single, double and triple carbon-carbon bonds. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the expressions “alkanyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” are used. Preferably, an alkyl group comprises from 1 to 15 carbon atoms (C1-C15 alkyl), more preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (C1-C10 alkyl) and even more preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-C6 alkyl or lower alkyl).
  • “Alkanyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane. Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl (isopropyl), cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methyl-propan-1-yl (isobutyl), 2-methyl-propan-2-yl (t-butyl), cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • “Alkenyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene. The group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s). Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • “Alkyldiyl” by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne, or by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. The two monovalent radical centers or each valency of the divalent radical center can form bonds with the same or different atoms. Typical alkyldiyl groups include, but are not limited to, methandiyl; ethyldiyls such as ethan-1,1-diyl, ethan-1,2-diyl, ethen-1,1-diyl, ethen-1,2-diyl; propyldiyls such as propan-1,1-diyl, propan-1,2-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl, cyclopropan-1,1-diyl, cyclopropan-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-en-1,2-diyl, prop-2-en-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,3-diyl, cycloprop-1-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-yn-1,3-diyl, etc.; butyldiyls such as, butan-1,1-diyl, butan-1,2-diyl, butan-1,3-diyl, butan-1,4-diyl, butan-2,2-diyl, 2-methyl-propan-1,1-diyl, 2-methyl-propan-1,2-diyl, cyclobutan-1,1-diyl; cyclobutan-1,2-diyl, cyclobutan-1,3-diyl, but-1-en-1,1-diyl, but-1-en-1,2-diyl, but-1-en-1,3-diyl, but-1-en-1,4-diyl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, 2-methanylidene-propan-1,1-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,1-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,2-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,3-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,4-diyl, cyclobut-1-en-1,2-diyl, cyclobut-1-en-1,3-diyl, cyclobut-2-en-1,2-diyl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1,2-diyl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1,3-diyl, but-1-yn-1,3-diyl, but-1-yn-1,4-diyl, buta-1,3-diyn-1,4-diyl, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkanyldiyl, alkenyldiyl and/or alkynyldiyl is used. Where it is specifically intended that the two valencies are on the same carbon atom, the nomenclature “alkylidene” is used. In preferred embodiments, the alkyldiyl group comprises from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-C6 alkyldiyl). Also preferred are saturated acyclic alkanyldiyl groups in which the radical centers are at the terminal carbons, e.g., methandiyl (methano); ethan-1,2-diyl (ethano); propan-1,3-diyl (propano); butan-1,4-diyl (butano); and the like (also referred to as alkylenos, defined infra).
  • “Alkyleno,” by itself or as part of another substituent, refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. The locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkyleno is indicated in square brackets. Typical alkyleno groups include, but are not limited to, methano; ethylenos such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenos such as propano, prop[1]eno, propa[1,2]dieno, prop[1]yno, etc.; butylenos such as butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, but[1]yno, but[2]yno, buta[1,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used. In preferred embodiments, the alkyleno group is (C1-C6) or (C1-C3) alkyleno. Also preferred are straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
  • “Alkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. The locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkylene is indicated in square brackets. Typical alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene (methano); ethylenes such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenes such as propano, prop[1]eno, propa[1,2]dieno, prop[1]yno, etc.; butylenes such as butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, but[1]yno, but[2]yno, buta[1,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used. In preferred embodiments, the alkylene group is (C1-C6) or (C1-C3) alkylene. Also preferred are straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
  • “Substituted,” when used to modify a specified group or radical, means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Substituent groups useful for substituting saturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to —Ra, halo, —O−, ═O, —ORb, —SRb, —S−, ═S, —NRcRc, ═NRb, ═N—ORb, trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)2Rb, —S(O)2O−, —S(O)2ORb, —OS(O)2Rb, —OS(O)2O−, —OS(O)2ORb, —P(O)(O−)2, —P(O)(ORb)(O), —P(O)(ORb)(ORb), —C(O)Rb, —C(S)Rb, —C(NR)Rb, —C(O)O−, —C(O)ORb, —C(S)ORb, —C(O)NRcRc, —C(NRb)NRcRc, —OC(O)Rb, —OC(S)Rb, —OC(O)O−, —OC(O)ORb, —OC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)Rb, —NRbC(S)Rb, —NRbC(O)O−, —NRbC(O)ORb, —NRbC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)NRcRc, —NRbC(NRb)Rb and —NRbC(NRb)NRcRc, where Ra is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl; each Rb is independently hydrogen or Ra; and each Rc is independently Rb or alternatively, the two Rcs are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloheteroalkyl which may optionally include from 1 to 4 of the same or different additional heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S. As specific examples, —NRcRc is meant to include —NH2, —NH-alkyl, N-pyrrolidinyl and N-morpholinyl.
  • Similarly, substituent groups useful for substituting unsaturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to, —Ra, halo, —O−, —ORb, —SRb, —S−, —NRcRc, trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, —N3, —S(O)2Rb, —S(O)2O−, —S(O)2ORb, —OS(O)2Rb, —OS(O)2O−, —OS(O)2ORb, —P(O)(O−)2, —P(O)(ORb)(O), —P(O)(ORb)(ORb), —C(O)Rb, —C(S)Rb, —C(NRb)Rb, —C(O)O−, —C(O)ORb, —C(S)ORb, —C(O)NRcRc, —C(NRb)NRcRc, —OC(O)Rb, —OC(S)Rb, —OC(O)O−, —OC(O)ORb, —OC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)Rb, —NRbC(S)Rb, —NRbC(O)O−, —NRbC(O)ORb, —NRbC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)NRcRc, —NRbC(NRb)Rb and —NRbC(NR1)NRcRc, where Ra, Rb and Rc are as previously defined.
  • Substituent groups useful for substituting nitrogen atoms in heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, —Ra, —O−, —ORb, —SRb, —S−, —NRcRc, trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —NO, —NO2, —S(O)2Rb, —S(O)2O−, —S(O)2ORb, —OS(O)2Rb, —OS(O)2O−, —OS(O)2ORb, —P(O)(O−)2, —P(O)(ORb)(O), —P(O)(ORb)(ORb), —C(O)Rb, —C(S)Rb, —C(NRb)Rb, —C(O)ORb, —C(S)ORb, —C(O)NRcRc, —C(NRb)NRcRc, —OC(O)Rb, —OC(S)Rb, —OC(O)ORb, —OC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)Rb, —NRbC(S)Rb, —NRbC(O)ORb, —NRbC(S)ORb, —NRbC(O)NRcRc, —NRbC(NRb)Rb and —NRbC(NRb)NRcRc, where Ra, Rb and Rc are as previously defined.
  • Substituent groups from the above lists useful for substituting other specified groups or atoms will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • The substituents used to substitute a specified group can be further substituted, typically with one or more of the same or different groups selected from the various groups specified above.
  • The identifier “PA” refers to a poly(alkylene oxide) or substantially poly(alkylene oxide) and means predominantly or mostly alkyloxide or alkyl ether in composition. This definition contemplates the presence of heteroatoms e.g., N, O, S, P, etc. and of functional groups e.g., —COOH, —NH2, —SH, or —OH as well as ethylenic or vinylic unsaturation. It is to be understood any such non-alkyleneoxide structures will only be present in such relative abundance as not to materially reduce, for example, the overall surfactant, non-toxicity, or immune response characteristics, as appropriate, of this polymer. It should also be understood that PAs can include terminal end groups such as PA-O—CH2—CH2—NH2, e.g., PEG-O—CH2—CH2—NH2 (as a common form of amine terminated PA). PA-O—CH2—CH2—CH2—NH2, e.g., PEG-O—CH2—CH2—CH2—NH2 is also available as well as PA-O—(CH2—CH(CH3)—O)xx—CH2—CH(CH3)—NH2, where xx is 0 to about 3, e.g., PEG-O—(CH2—CH(CH3)-O)xx—CH2—CH(CH3)—NH2 and a PA with an acid end-group typically has a structure of PA-O—CH2—COOH, e.g., PEG-O—CH2—COOH or PA-O—CH2—CH2—COOH, e.g., PEG-O—CH2—CH2—COOH. These can be considered “derivatives” of the PA. These are all contemplated as being within the scope of the invention and should not be considered limiting.
  • Suitable PAs (polyalkylene oxides) include polyethylene oxides (PEOs), polypropylene oxides (PPOs), polyethylene glycols (PEGs) and combinations thereof that are commercially available from SunBio Corporation, JenKem Technology USA, NOF America Corporation or Creative PEGWorks. It should be understood that, for example, polyethylene oxide can be produced by ring opening polymerization of ethylene oxide as is known in the art.
  • In one embodiment, the PA can be a block copolymer of a PEO and PPO or a PEG or a triblock copolymer of PEO/PPO/PEO.
  • Suitable MW ranges of the PA's are from about 300 to about 8,000 daltons, 400 to about 5,000 daltons or from about 450 to about 3,500 daltons.
  • It should be understood that the PA terminal end groups can be functionalized. Typically the end groups are OH, NH2, COOH, or SH. However, these groups can be converted into a halide (Cl, Br, I), an activated leaving group, such as a tosylate or mesylate, an ester, an acyl halide, N-succinimidyl carbonate, 4-nitrophenyl carbonate, and chloroformate with the leaving group being N-hydroxy succinimide, 4-nitrophenol, and Cl, respectively. etc.
  • The notation of “L” refers to either a linker or a linking group. A “linker” refers to a moiety that has two points of attachment on either end of the moiety. For example, an alkyl dicarboxylic acid HOOC-alkyl-COOH (e.g., succinic acid) would “link” a terminal end group of a PA (such as a hydroxyl or an amine to form an ester or an amide respectively) with a reactive group of the DHPD (such as an NH2, OH, or COOH). Suitable linkers include an acyclic hydrocarbon bridge (e.g., a saturated or unsaturated alkyleno such as methano, ethano, etheno, propano, prop[1]eno, butano, but[1]eno, but[2]eno, buta[1,3]dieno, and the like), a monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon bridge (e.g., [1,2]benzeno, [2,3]naphthaleno, and the like), a monocyclic or polycyclic heteroaryl bridge (e.g., [3,4]furano [2,3]furano, pyridino, thiopheno, piperidino, piperazino, pyrazidino, pyrrolidino, and the like) or combinations of such bridges, dicarbonyl alkylenes, etc. Suitable dicarbonyl alkylenes include, C2 through C15 dicarbonyl alkylenes such as malonic acid, succinic acid, etc. Additionally, the anhydrides, acid halides and esters of such materials can be used to effect the linking when appropriate and can be considered “activated” dicarbonyl compounds.
  • Other suitable linkers include moieties that have two different functional groups that can react and link with an end group of a PA. These include groups such as amino acids (glycine, lysine, aspartic acid, etc.), PA's as described herein, poly(ethyleneglycol) bis(carboxymethyl)ethers, polyesters such as polylactides, lactones, polylactones such as polycaprolactone, lactams, polylactams such as polycaprolactam, polyglycolic acid (PGLA), moieties such as tyramine or dopamine and random or block copolymers of 2 or more types of polyesters.
  • Linkers further include compounds comprising the formula Y4—R17—C(═O)—Y6, wherein Y4 is OH, NHR, a halide, or an activated derivative of OH or NHR; R17 is a branched or unbranched C1-C15 alkyl group; and Y6 is NHR, a halide, or OR, wherein R is defined above. The term “activated derivative” refers to moieties that make the hydroxyl or amine more susceptible to nucleophilic displacement or for condensation to occur. For example, a hydroxyl group can be esterified by various reagents to provide a more active site for reaction to occur.
  • A linking group refers to the reaction product of the terminal end moieties of the PA and DHPD (the situation where “b” is 0; no linker present) condense to form an amide, ether, ester, urea, carbonate or urethane linkage depending on the reactive sites on the PA and DHPD. In other words, a direct bond is formed between the PA and DH portion of the molecule and no linker is present.
  • The term “residue” is used to mean that a portion of a first molecule reacts (e.g., condenses or is an addition product via a displacement reaction) with a portion of a second molecule to form, for example, a linking group, such an amide, ether, ester, urea, carbonate or urethane linkage depending on the reactive sites on the PA and DHPD. This can be referred to as “linkage”.
  • The denotation “DHPD” refers to a multihydroxy phenyl derivative, such as a dihydroxy phenyl derivative, for example, a 3, 4 dihydroxy phenyl moiety. The denotation “PD” refers to a phenyl derivative. Suitable DHPD derivatives include the formula:
  • Figure US20160346424A1-20161201-C00001
  • wherein Q is an OH or OCH3;
  • “z” is 1 to 5;
  • each X1, independently, is H, NH2, OH, or COOH;
  • each Y1, independently, is H, NH2, OH, or COOH;
  • each X2, independently, is H, NH2, OH, or COOH;
  • each Y2, independently, is H, NH2, OH, or COOH;
  • Z is COOH, NH2, OH or SH;
  • aa is a value of 0 to about 4;
  • bb is a value of 0 to about 4; and
  • optionally provided that when one of the combinations of X1 and X2, Y1 and Y2, X1 and Y2 or Y1 and X2 are absent, then a double bond is formed between the Caa and Cbb, further provided that aa and bb are each at least 1.
  • In one aspect, z is 3.
  • In particular, “z” is 2 and the hydroxyls are located at the 3 and 4 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • In particular, “z” is 2 and the hydroxyl group is located at the 4 position and the methoxy group is located at the 3 position of the phenyl ring.
  • In one embodiment, each X1, X2, Y1 and Y2 are hydrogen atoms, aa is 1, bb is 1 and Z is either COOH or NH2.
  • In another embodiment, X1 and Y2 are both hydrogen atoms, X2 is a hydrogen atom, aa is 1, bb is 1, Y2 is NH2 and Z is COOH.
  • In still another embodiment, X1 and Y2 are both hydrogen atoms, aa is 1, bb is 0, and Z is COOH or NH2.
  • In still another embodiment, aa is 0, bb is 0 and Z is COOH or NH2.
  • In still yet another embodiment, z is 3, aa is 0, bb is 0 and Z is COOH or NH2.
  • It should be understood that where aa is 0 or bb is 0, then X1 and Y1 or X2 and Y2, respectively, are not present.
  • It should be understood, that upon condensation of the DHPD molecule with the PA that a molecule of water, for example, is generated such that a bond is formed as described above (amide, ether, ester, urea, carbonate or urethane).
  • In particular, DHPD molecules include 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylamine (dopamine), 3,4-dihydroxy phenylalanine (DOPA), 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid (DOHA), 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl ethanol, 3, 4 dihydroxyphenylacetic acid, 3, 4 dihydroxyphenylamine, 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)propionic acid, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylalanine, 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanol, 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylamine, 3,4-dimethoxybenzylamine, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid, 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxypropanoic acid, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid, 3,4-dimethoxyaniline, 3,4-dimethoxyphenol, 3-(4-Hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid, homovanillyl alcohol, 3-methoxytyramine, 3-methoxy-L-tyrosine, homovanillic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine, vanillyl alcohol, vanillic acid, 5-amino-2-methoxyphenol, 2-methoxyhydroquinone, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenethylamine, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenylacetic acid, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzylamine, 3-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzyl alcohol, and isovanillic acid.
  • It should be understood that a person having ordinary skill in the art would select appropriate combinations of linkers to provide an array of condensation products embodied and described herein.
  • In certain embodiments an oxidant is included with the bioadhesive film layer. The oxidant can be incorporated into the polymer film or it can be contacted to the film at a later time. A solution could be sprayed or brushed onto either the adhesive surface or the tissue substrate surface. Alternatively, the construct can be dipped or submerged in a solution of oxidant prior to contacting the tissue substrate. In any situation, the oxidant upon activation, can help promote cross-linking of the multihydroxy phenyl groups with each other and/or tissue. Suitable oxidants include periodates and the like.
  • The invention further provides cross-linked bioadhesive constructs or hydrogels derived from the compositions described herein. For example, two DHDP moieties from two separate polymer chains can be reacted to form a bond between the two DHDP moieties. Typically, this is an oxidative/radical initiated cross-linking reaction wherein oxidants/initiators such as NaIO3, NaIO4, Fe III salts, (FeCl3), Mn III salts (MnCl3), H2O2, oxygen, an inorganic base, an organic base or an enzymatic oxidase can be used. Typically, a ratio of oxidant/initiator to DHDP containing material is between about 0.1 to about 10.0 (on a molar basis) (oxidant:DHDP). In one particular embodiment, the ratio is between about 0.5 to about 5.0 and more particularly between about 1.0 to about 3.0 (e.g., 3.0). It has been found that periodate is very effective in the preparation of cross-linked hydrogels of the invention. Additionally, it is possible that oxidation “activates” the DHPD(s) which allow it to form interfacial cross-linking with appropriate surfaces with functional group (i.e. biological tissues with —NH2, —SH, etc.)
  • The compositions of the invention can be utilized by themselves or in combination with polymers to form a blend. Suitable polymers include, for example, polyesters, PPG, linear PCL-diols (MW 600-2000), branched PCL-triols (MW 900), wherein PCL can be replaced with PLA, PGA, PLGA, and other polyesters, amphiphilic block (di, tri, or multiblock) copolymers of PEG and polyester or PPG, tri-block copolymers of PCL-PEG-PCL (PCL MW=500-3000, PEG MW=500-3000), tri-block copolymers of PLA-PEG-PLA (PCL MW=500-3000, PEG MW=500-3000), wherein PCL and PLA can be replaced with PGA, PLGA, and other polyesters. Pluronic polymers (triblock, diblock of various MW) and other PEG, PPG block copolymers are also suitable. Hydrophilic polymers with multiple functional groups (—OH, —NH2, —COOH) contained within the polymeric backbone such as PVA (MW 10,000-100,000), poly acrylates and poly methacrylates, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyethylene imines are also suitable. Biopolymers such as polysaccharides (e.g., dextran), hyaluronic acid, chitosan, gelatin, cellulose (e.g., carboxymethyl cellulose), proteins, etc. which contain functional groups can also be utilized.
  • Abbreviations: PCL=polycaprolactone, PLA=polylactic acid, PGA=Polyglycolic acid, PLGA=a random copolymer of lactic and glycolic acid, PPG=polypropyl glycol, and PVA=polyvinyl alcohol.
  • Typically, blends of the invention include from about 0 to about 99.9% percent (by weight) of polymer to composition(s) of the invention, more particularly from about 1 to about 50 and even more particularly from about 1 to about 30.
  • The compositions of the invention, either a blend or a compound of the invention per se, can be applied to suitable substrates using conventional techniques. Coating, dipping, spraying, spreading and solvent casting are possible approaches.
  • In one embodiment, adhesive compounds of the present invention provide a method of adhering a first surface to a second surface in a subject. In some embodiments, the first and second surfaces are tissue surfaces, for example, a natural tissue, a transplant tissue, or an engineered tissue. In further embodiments, at least one of the first and second surfaces is an artificial surface. In some embodiments, the artificial surface is an artificial tissue. In other embodiments, the artificial surface is a device or an instrument. In some embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention seal a defect between a first and second surface in a subject. In other embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention provide a barrier to, for example, microbial contamination, infection, chemical or drug exposure, inflammation, or metastasis. In further embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention stabilize the physical orientation of a first surface with respect to a second surface. In still further embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention reinforce the integrity of a first and second surface achieved by, for example, sutures, staples, mechanical fixators, or mesh. In some embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention provide control of bleeding. In other embodiments, adhesive compounds of the present invention provide delivery of drugs including, for example, drugs to control bleeding, treat infection or malignancy, or promote tissue regeneration.
  • The present invention surprisingly provides unique bioadhesive constructs that are suitable to repair or reinforce damaged tissue.
  • The present invention also surprisingly provides unique antifouling coatings/constructs that are suitable for application in, for example, urinary applications. The coatings could be used anywhere that a reduction in bacterial attachment is desired: dental unit waterlines, implantable orthopedic devices, cardiovascular devices, wound dressings, percutaneous devices, surgical instruments, marine applications, food preparation surfaces and utensils.
  • The constructs include a suitable support that can be formed from a natural material, such as collagen, pericardium, dermal tissues, small intestinal submucosa or man-made materials such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyesters, PTFE, PVC, polyurethanes and the like. The support can be a film, a membrane, a mesh, a non-woven and the like. The support need only help provide a surface for the bioadhesive to adhere. The support should also help facilitate physiological reformation of the tissue at the damaged site. Thus the constructs of the invention provide a site for remodeling via fibroblast migration, followed by subsequent native collagen deposition. For biodegradable support of either biological or synthetic origins, degradation of the support and the adhesive can result in the replacement of the bioadhesive construct by the natural tissues of the patient.
  • The constructs of the invention can include a compound of the invention or mixtures thereof or a blend of a polymer with one or more of the compounds of the invention. In one embodiment, the construct is a combination of a substrate, to which a blend is applied, followed by a layer(s) of one or more compounds of the invention.
  • In another embodiment, two or more layers can be applied to a substrate wherein the layering can be combinations of one or more blends or one or more compositions of the invention. The layering can alternate between a blend and a composition layer or can be a series of blends followed by a composition layer or vice versa.
  • Not to be limited by theory, it is believe that to improve the overall adhesive strength of the present adhesives, two separate properties require consideration: 1) interfacial binding ability or “adhesion” to a substrate and 2) bulk mechanical properties or “cohesion”. It is possible that some polymers may generally fail cohesively, meaning that their adhesive properties are better than their cohesive properties. That is one basis why blending with a hydrophobic polymer increases the bulk cohesive properties.
  • It has interestingly been found that use of a blend advantageously has improved adhesion to the substrate surface. For example, a blend of a hydrophobic polymer with a composition of the invention may improve the overall cohesive properties and thus the overall strength of the adhesive joint. Subsequent application of a composition of the present invention to the blend layer then provides improved interfacial adhesion between the blend and provides for improved adhesive properties to the tissue to be adhered to as the hydrophobic polymer is not in the outermost layer.
  • Typically the loading density of the coating layer is from about 0.001 g/m2 to about 500 g/m2, more particularly from about 10 g/m2 to about 360 g/m2, and more particularly from about 90 g/m2 to about 250 g/m2. Thus, typically a coating has a thickness of from about 1 to about 1000 nm. More typically for an adhesive, the thickness of the film is from about 1 to about 1000 microns.
  • As used herein, “Tisseel” refers to a two component fibrin sealant that consists of human fibrinogen and human thrombin. As used herein, “CoSeal” refers to CoSeal Surgical Sealant, a hydrogel that is formed when two synthetic derivatized polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymers are mixed together and applied to tissue. As used herein, “Dermabond” refers to a sterile, liquid tissue adhesive comprising a monomeric (2-octyl cyanoacrylate) formulation and colorants. As used herein, “Duraseal” refers to a sealant comprising two solutions, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) ester solution and a trilysine amine solution that, when mixed together, cross-link to form a hydrogel sealant. As used herein, “Collamend” referes to a sterile, solid, sheet of lyophilized, acellular porcine dermal collagen and its constituent elastin fibers. As used herein, “Quadraseal” refers to Medhesive compounds with a 4-ARMPEG10k backbone.
  • The following paragraphs enumerated consecutively from 1 through 91 provide for various aspects of the present invention. In one embodiment, in a first paragraph (1), the present invention provides a method for adhering a first surface to a second surface in a subject, comprising:
      • a) providing a subject;
      • b providing a phenyl derivative polymer;
      • c) applying an effective amount of said phenyl derivative polymer to at least one of said first and said second surface in said subject; and
      • d) approximating said first surface and said second surface such that said phenyl derivative polymer adheres said first surface to said second surface in said subject.
  • 2. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a multi-hydroxy phenyl derivative, a multi-methoxy phenyl derivative, or a combination thereof.
  • 3. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, a polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer, a polylactic acid (PLA) polymer, a polyester polymer, a methacrylate polymer, an acrylate-based polymer, or a combination thereof
  • 4. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said subject is a subject having or recovering from bariatric surgery, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, colon and rectal surgery, dermatologic surgery, general surgery, gynecologic surgery, maxillofacial surgery, neurosurgery, obstetric surgery, oncologic surgery, ophthalmologic surgery, oral surgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngologic surgery, pediatric surgery, plastic surgery, cosmetic and reconstructive surgery, podiatric surgery, spine surgery, transplant surgery, trauma surgery, vascular surgery, urologic surgery, dental surgery, veterinary surgery, endoscopic surgery, anesthesiology, an interventional radiologic procedure, an emergency medicine procedure, a battlefield procedure, a deep or superficial laceration repair, a cardiologic procedure, an internal medicine procedure, an intensive care procedure, an endocrinologic procedure, a gastroenterologic procedure, a hematologic procedure, a hepatologic procedure, a diagnostic radiologic procedure, an infectious disease procedure, a nephrologic procedure, an oncologic procedure, a proctologic procedure, a pulmonary medicine procedure, a rheumatologic procedure, a pediatric procedure, a physical medicine or rehabilitation medicine procedure, a geriatric procedure, a palliative care procedure, a medical genetic procedure, a fetal procedure, or a combination thereof.
  • 5. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said neurosurgery or said spine surgery is having or is recovering from a dural repair, an osseous repair, a nerve anastomosis, an endoscopic procedure, a skull base repair, a discectomy procedure, a fibrosis prevention after lumbar discectomy procedure, a scar formation prevention procedure, a posterior fossa procedure, an aneurysm repair, an arteriovenous malformation repair, a cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea prevention or repair procedure, a fusion procedure, a procedure to prevent fracture of weakened vertebral bodies, a procedure to repair disc herniation or to prevent the progression of disc herniation, a procedure to provide growth factors in spine surgery, a procedure to prevent or to manage dead space or seroma in spine surgery, an endoscopic neurosurgery or spine surgery procedure, or a procedure to repair an entrance portal in nucleoplasty.
  • 6. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said general surgery is having or is recovering from an inguinal hernia, a ventral hernia, an incisional hernia, an umbilical hernia, a seroma after hernia repair, a laparoscopic procedure, a hematoma, a subcutaneous flap, a mastectomy, an abdominopasty, a bowel resection, a bowel anastomosis, a thyroidectomy, an anastomotic leak after a gastric bypass procedure, a peritoneal adhesion prevention procedure, a burn injury, a fistula in ano, a pancreatic leak, a seroma after axial dissection, an intralesional support for tumor removal procedure, a spleen injury, an appendectomy, a cholecstectomy, a peptic or gastric ulcer repair procedure, closure of dead space to prevent a seroma in a general surgical procedure, fixation and sealing of the insertion site of a transcutaneous device, or a colostomy or other stoma procedure.
  • 7. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said otolaryngologic surgery is having or is recovering from a neck dissection, a tonsillectomy, an adenoidectomy, a tumor removal procedure, a frontal sinus repair, an endoscopic otolaryngologic procedure, or nasal septal surgery.
  • 8. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said vascular surgery is having or is recovering from a neck dissection, a vascular graft procedure, an anastomotic bleeding repair procedure, a primary anastomosis, a percutaneous endovascular procedure, a prosthetic vascular graft procedure, a femoral artery repair, a carotid artery repair, attachment of endothelial cells to prosthetic grafts to create new endothelial lining, an endoscopic vascular surgery procedure, or an aortic reconstruction.
  • 9. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said orthopedic surgery is having or is recovering from a joint replacement, a rotator cuff repair, a ligament repair, a tendon repair, a cartilage repair, attachment of cartilage cells and scaffold to a repair site, a meniscus repair, a labrum repair, a repair of lacerated or traumatized muscle tissue, treatment of a tendon or muscle strain, treatment of ligament sprain or overuse injury, an arthroscopic procedure, a tumor removal, a joint replacement revision, insertion and removal of an external fixator, a comminuted fracture stabilization procedure, a transcutaneous implant procedure (sealing of a pin insertion site to prevent entrance of bacteria), implantation of a bone stimulator, a bone graft procedure, a sports injury, a trauma procedure, a bone tumor removal procedure, a pubis symphysis separation repair, a slipped rib repair, closure of dead space to prevent a seroma in an orthopedic procedure, a fusion procedure, an open fracture repair, a closed fracture repair, treatment of a stress fracture, treatment of growth plate disorders and slipped epiphysis, treatment of a bony defect, treatment of osteoporosis or osteopenia, a bone fixation procedure, fixation of trauma implants to bone, an endoscopic orthopedic procedure, or containment of bone fragments at fracture site with and without internal fixation.
  • 10. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said obstetric surgery is having or is recovering from amniocentesis, premature rupture of amniotic membranes, an endoscopic obstetric procedure, or a cervical occlusion procedure.
  • 11. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said gynecologic surgery is having or is recovering from a Fallopian tube occlusion, a contraceptive procedure, a urinary incontinence procedure, a cystocoele repair, a rectocoele repair, a pelvic floor repair, a vulvo-vaginal reconstruction procedure, an amniotic membrane graft procedure, an endoscopic gynecologic procedure, or fixation of embryo transfer with in vitro fertilization.
  • 12. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said transplant surgery is having or is recovering from a pancreatic islet cell implantation, liver transplantation, kidney transplantation, pancreas transplantation, an endoscopic transplant procedure, or a combination thereof
  • 13. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said fetal procedure is having or is recovering from balloon tracheal occlusion, closure of amniotic membranes, or a fetoscopic procedure.
  • 14. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said thoracic surgery is having or is recovering from a pulmonary lobectomy, bi-lobectomy, sleeve lobectomy, bullectomy, segmentectomy, pulmonary wedge resection, an air leak, a tracheoesophageal fistula repair, a neotracheal reconstruction, a pleural leak, a thoracoscopic or bonchoscopic procedure, an endoscopic thoracic surgery procedure, closure of a tracheal or bronchial defect, or repair of a bronchopleural fistula.
  • 15. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said ophthalmologic surgery is having or is recovering from an ocular procedure, a retinal procedure, a retinal detachment procedure, a corneal repair, a glaucoma procedure, a glaucoma drainage device procedure, a laser procedure, a tissue flap procedure after laser surgery, a conjunctival repair, a pterygium repair, cataract surgery, repair of wet or dry macular degeneration, an endoscopic ophthalmologic procedure, or a sclera flap procedure.
  • 16. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said oral surgery is having or is recovering from an oral wound closure, a tongue injury, a cheek injury, a tooth bed injury, a wisdom tooth removal, a root canal procedure, a bridge reconstruction procedure, a canker sore, a gum graft procedure, removal of an oral tumor or other lesion, an endoscopic oral surgery procedure, or periodontal flap surgery.
  • 17. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said plastic surgery is having or is recovering from a browplasty, a flap seroma repair, aesthetic surgery, a ptosis repair, rhytidectomy, a fasciocutaneous flap, body contouring surgery, a seroma after breast, face and body reconstructive surgery, a rhinoplasty, a skin graft to a wound or burn site, a muscle transfer to a wound site, a musculocutaneous flap, a decubitus injury, an ulcerative condition, a diabetic ulcer, a body contouring procedure, a liposuction procedure, a skin graft donor site repair, an endoscopic plastic surgery procedure, or a muscle transfer donor site repair.
  • 18. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said cardiac surgery is having or is recovering from coronary artery anastomotic bleeding, a heart valve placement procedure, placement of a ventricular patch, control of bleeding from adhesions during a re-operative cardiac procedure, bleeding after a congenital heart defect repair, an endoscopic cardiac surgery procedure, or bleeding during and after cardiopulmonary bypass.
  • 19. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject having or recovering from said urologic surgery is having or is recovering from an incontinence repair, a hypospadius repair, a fistula after hypospadius repair, a percutaneous nephrostomy, a percutaneous nephrolithotomy, a percutaneous nephrectomy, a vasovasotomy, a urinary fistula, a ureteral reconstruction, a circumcision, prostate surgery, vas deferens surgery, an anastomosis of the urethra, a stoma procedure, an endoscopic urologic procedure, or urologic trauma
  • 20. The method of paragraph 4, wherein said subject is having or is recovering from an amputation, a tissue leak, a tissue perforation, a hematoma, a bleeding control procedure, a repair of luminal tissue, a tissue defect, a skin lesion, a topical wound closure, a microbial colonization or infection barrier procedure, a burn, a mucus membrane lesion, implantation of a pacemaker, implantation of a nerve stimulator, implanation of a pump, implantation of a bone stimulator, fixation of a vascular catheter, fixation of a second tissue to bone, a fistula repair, a skin wound closure, a vascular access procedure, a percutaneous device procedure, or a periosteal flap.
  • 21. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said subject is a mammal.
  • 22. The method of paragraph 21, wherein said mammal is a human.
  • 23. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a catechol compound.
  • 24. The method of paragraph 23, wherein said catechol compound is 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), dopamine, 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid, a DOPA derivative, a conjugation of DOPA, poly(DOPA), poly(DOPA-Lys), hydroferulic acid, 3-methoxytyramine, homovanillic acid, 3,4-dihyroxybenzylamine, 3,4-dihyroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine, or 3,4 dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid.
  • 25. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises a linker compound.
  • 26. The method of paragraph 25, wherein said linker compound is an amide linker compound, a urethane linker compound, a urea linker compound, a di-acid linker compound, an amine-diol linker compound, an ester linker compound, a gamma-aminobutyric acid linker compound, a 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid linker compound, a 4-hyroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine linker compound, a glycine linker compound, an amino acid linker compound, or a lysine linker compound.
  • 27. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a branched polymer.
  • 28. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises at least one compound from Table 1.
  • 29. The method of paragraph 1, wherein at least one of said first surface or said second surface is a tissue.
  • 30. The method of paragraph 29, wherein said tissue is skin tissue, hair tissue, nail tissue, corneal tissue, tongue tissue, oral cavity tissue, esophageal tissue, anal tissue, urethral tissue, vaginal tissue, urinary epithelial tissue, salivary gland tissue, mammary gland tissue, lacrimal gland tissue, sweat gland tissue, prostate gland tissue, bulbourethral gland tissue, Bartholin's gland tissue, uterine tissue, respiratory and gastrointestinal tract goblet cell tissue, gastric mucosal tissue, gastric gland tissue, pancreatic tissue, pulmonary tissue, pituitary gland tissue, thyroid gland tissue, parathyroid gland tissue, testicular tissue, ovarian tissue, respiratory gland tissue, gastrointestinal gland tissue, adrenal gland tissue, renal tissue, liver tissue, adipose tissue, duct cell tissue, gall bladder tissue, epidydimal tissue, vas deferens tissue, blood vessel tissue, lymph gland tissue, lymphatic duct tissue, synovial tissue, serosal tissue, squamous tissue, cochlear tissue, choroid plexus tissue, ependymal tissue, dural tissue, pia-arachnoid tissue, sclera tissue, retinal tissue, iris tissue, ciliary tissue, dental tissue, otic tissue, ligament tissue, tendon tissue, elastic cartilage tissue, fibrocartilage tissue, hyaline cartilage tissue, bone marrow tissue, intervertebral disc tissue, compact bone tissue, cancellous bone tissue, skeletal muscle tissue, cardiac muscle tissue, smooth muscle tissue, cardiac valve tissue, pericardial tissue, pleural tissue, peritoneal tissue, blood cell tissue, neuronal tissue, glial tissue, sensory transducer cell tissue, pain sensitive tissue, autonomic neuron tissue, peripheral nervous system tissue, cranial nerve tissue, ocular lens tissue, germ cell tissue, thymus tissue, placental tissue, fetal membrane tissue, umbilical tissue, stem cell tissue, mesodermal tissue, ectodermal tissue, endodermal tissue, autologous tissue, allograft tissue or a combination thereof.
  • 31. The method of paragraph 29, wherein said first surface and said second surface are the same tissue.
  • 32. The method of paragraph 29, wherein said first surface and said second surface are different tissue.
  • 33. The method of paragraph 29, wherein said first surface is a living tissue and said second surface is a tissue implant.
  • 34. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said first surface is a tissue and said second surface is device.
  • 35. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said applying is manual applying, applicator applying, instrument applying, manual spray applying, aerosol spray applying, syringe applying, airless tip applying, gas-assist tip applying, percutaneous applying, surface applying, topical applying, internal applying, enteral applying, parenteral applying, protective applying, catheter applying, endoscopic applying, arthroscopic applying, encapsulation scaffold applying, stent applying, wound dressing applying, vascular patch applying, vascular graft applying, image-guided applying, radiologic applying, brush applying, wrap applying, or drip applying.
  • 36. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said approximating is manual approximating, mechanical approximating, suture approximating, staple approximating, synthetic mesh approximating, biologic mesh approximating, transverse approximating, longitudinal approximating, end-to-end approximating, or overlapping approximating.
  • 37. The method paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises an anti-microbial compound, an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone graft tissue, autograft tissue, allograft tissue, xenograft tissue, a bone graft substitute, a coagulation factor compound, a hormone compound, a steroid hormone compound, a bioactive compound, or a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • 38. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is configured to degrade at a predetermined rate.
  • 39. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a predetermined strength.
  • 40. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a predetermined tensility.
  • 41. The method of paragraph 1, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a film polymer.
  • 42. The method of paragraph 41, wherein said film polymer is a single layer film polymer.
  • 43. The method of paragraph 41, wherein said film polymer is a multi-layer film polymer.
  • 44. The method of paragraph 41, wherein said film polymer comprises an oxidant.
  • 45. The method of paragraph 41, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is applied on at least one side of a mesh.
  • 46. The method of paragraph 45, wherein said mesh is a biologic mesh or a synthetic mesh.
  • 47. The method of paragraph 41, wherein said film polymer is a stand-alone film polymer.
  • 48. The method of paragraph 41, wherein at least one surface of said film polymer is adhesive.
  • 49. In a further embodiment, in a 49th paragraph (49) the present invention provides a method for sealing a surface in a subject, comprising:
      • a) providing a subject;
      • b providing a phenyl derivative polymer; and
      • c) applying an effective amount of said phenyl derivative polymer to said surface in said subject.
  • 50. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a multi-hydroxy phenyl derivative, a multi-methoxy phenyl derivative, or a combination thereof.
  • 51. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, a polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer, a polylactic acid (PLA) polymer, a polyester polymer, a methacrylate polymer, an acrylate-based polymer, or a combination thereof.
  • 52. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said subject is a subject having or recovering from bariatric surgery, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, colon and rectal surgery, dermatologic surgery, general surgery, gynecologic surgery, maxillofacial surgery, neurosurgery, obstetric surgery, oncologic surgery, ophthalmologic surgery, oral surgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngologic surgery, pediatric surgery, plastic surgery, cosmetic and reconstructive surgery, podiatric surgery, spine surgery, transplant surgery, trauma surgery, vascular surgery, urologic surgery, dental surgery, veterinary surgery, endoscopic surgery, anesthesiology, an interventional radiologic procedure, an emergency medicine procedure, a battlefield procedure, a deep or superficial laceration repair, a cardiologic procedure, an internal medicine procedure, an intensive care procedure, an endocrinologic procedure, a gastroenterologic procedure, a hematologic procedure, a hepatologic procedure, a diagnostic radiologic procedure, an infectious disease procedure, a nephrologic procedure, an oncologic procedure, a proctologic procedure, a pulmonary medicine procedure, a rheumatologic procedure, a pediatric procedure, a physical medicine or rehabilitation medicine procedure, a geriatric procedure, a palliative care procedure, a medical genetic procedure, a fetal procedure, or a combination thereof.
  • 53. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said neurosurgery or said spine surgery is having or is recovering from a dural repair, an osseous repair, a nerve anastomosis, an endoscopic procedure, a skull base repair, a discectomy procedure, a fibrosis prevention after lumbar discectomy procedure, a scar formation prevention procedure, a posterior fossa procedure, an aneurysm repair, an arteriovenous malformation repair, a cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea prevention or repair procedure, a fusion procedure, a procedure to prevent fracture of weakened vertebral bodies, a procedure to repair disc herniation or to prevent the progression of disc herniation, a procedure to provide growth factors in spine surgery, a procedure to prevent or to manage dead space or seroma in spine surgery, an endoscopic neurosurgery or spine surgery procedure, or a procedure to repair an entrance portal in nucleoplasty.
  • 54. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said general surgery is having or is recovering from an inguinal hernia, a ventral hernia, an incisional hernia, an umbilical hernia, a seroma after hernia repair, a laparoscopic procedure, a hematoma, a subcutaneous flap, a mastectomy, an abdominopasty, a bowel resection, a bowel anastomosis, a thyroidectomy, an anastomotic leak after a gastric bypass procedure, a peritoneal adhesion prevention procedure, a burn injury, a fistula in ano, a pancreatic leak, a seroma after axial dissection, an intralesional support for tumor removal procedure, a spleen injury, an appendectomy, a cholecstectomy, a peptic or gastric ulcer repair procedure, closure of dead space to prevent a seroma in a general surgical procedure, fixation and sealing of the insertion site of a transcutaneous device, or a colostomy or other stoma procedure.
  • 55. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said otolaryngologic surgery is having or is recovering from a neck dissection, a tonsillectomy, an adenoidectomy, a tumor removal procedure, a frontal sinus repair, an endoscopic otolaryngologic procedure, or nasal septal surgery.
  • 56. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said vascular surgery is having or is recovering from a neck dissection, a vascular graft procedure, an anastomotic bleeding repair procedure, a primary anastomosis, a percutaneous endovascular procedure, a prosthetic vascular graft procedure, a femoral artery repair, a carotid artery repair, attachment of endothelial cells to prosthetic grafts to create new endothelial lining, an endoscopic vascular surgery procedure, or an aortic reconstruction.
  • 57. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said orthopedic surgery is having or is recovering from a joint replacement, a rotator cuff repair, a ligament repair, a tendon repair, a cartilage repair, attachment of cartilage cells and scaffold to a repair site, a meniscus repair, a labrum repair, a repair of lacerated or traumatized muscle tissue, treatment of a tendon or muscle strain, treatment of ligament sprain or overuse injury, an arthroscopic procedure, a tumor removal, a joint replacement revision, insertion and removal of an external fixator, a comminuted fracture stabilization procedure, a transcutaneous implant procedure (sealing of a pin insertion site to prevent entrance of bacteria), implantation of a bone stimulator, a bone graft procedure, a sports injury, a trauma procedure, a bone tumor removal procedure, a pubis symphysis separation repair, a slipped rib repair, closure of dead space to prevent a seroma in an orthopedic procedure, a fusion procedure, an open fracture repair, a closed fracture repair, treatment of a stress fracture, treatment of growth plate disorders and slipped epiphysis, treatment of a bony defect, treatment of osteoporosis or osteopenia, a bone fixation procedure, fixation of trauma implants to bone, an endoscopic orthopedic procedure, or containment of bone fragments at fracture site with and without internal fixation.
  • 58. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said obstetric surgery is having or is recovering from amniocentesis, premature rupture of amniotic membranes, an endoscopic obstetric procedure, or a cervical occlusion procedure.
  • 59. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said gynecologic surgery is having or is recovering from a Fallopian tube occlusion, a contraceptive procedure, a urinary incontinence procedure, a cystocoele repair, a rectocoele repair, a pelvic floor repair, a vulvo-vaginal reconstruction procedure, an amniotic membrane graft procedure, an endoscopic gynecologic procedure, fixation of embryo transfer with in vitro fertilization, an adhesion prevention procedure in a laparoscopic pelvic procedure, an adhesion prevention procedure in an open pelvic procedure, an adhesion prevention procedure after ovarian surgery, or an adhesion prevention procedure after uterine myomectomy.
  • 60. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said transplant surgery is having or is recovering from a pancreatic islet cell implantation, liver transplantation, kidney transplantation, pancreas transplantation, an endoscopic transplant procedure, or a combination thereof.
  • 61. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said fetal procedure is having or is recovering from balloon tracheal occlusion, closure of amniotic membranes, or a fetoscopic procedure.
  • 62. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said thoracic surgery is having or is recovering from a pulmonary lobectomy, bi-lobectomy, sleeve lobectomy, bullectomy, segmentectomy, pulmonary wedge resection, an air leak, a tracheoesophageal fistula repair, a neotracheal reconstruction, a pleural leak, a thoracoscopic or bonchoscopic procedure, an endoscopic thoracic surgery procedure, closure of a tracheal or bronchial defect, or repair of a bronchopleural fistula.
  • 63. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said ophthalmologic surgery is having or is recovering from an ocular procedure, a retinal procedure, a retinal detachment procedure, a corneal repair, a glaucoma procedure, a glaucoma drainage device procedure, a laser procedure, a tissue flap procedure after laser surgery, a conjunctival repair, a pterygium repair, cataract surgery, repair of wet or dry macular degeneration, an endoscopic ophthalmologic procedure, or a sclera flap procedure.
  • 64. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said oral surgery is having or is recovering from an oral wound closure, a tongue injury, a cheek injury, a tooth bed injury, a wisdom tooth removal, a root canal procedure, a bridge reconstruction procedure, a canker sore, a gum graft procedure, removal of an oral tumor or other lesion, an endoscopic oral surgery procedure, or periodontal flap surgery.
  • 65. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said plastic surgery is having or is recovering from a browplasty, a flap seroma repair, aesthetic surgery, a ptosis repair, rhytidectomy, a fasciocutaneous flap, body contouring surgery, a seroma after breast, face and body reconstructive surgery, a rhinoplasty, a skin graft to a wound or burn site, a muscle transfer to a wound site, a musculocutaneous flap, a decubitus injury, an ulcerative condition, a diabetic ulcer, a body contouring procedure, a liposuction procedure, a skin graft donor site repair, an endoscopic plastic surgery procedure, or a muscle transfer donor site repair.
  • 66. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said cardiac surgery is having or is recovering from coronary artery anastomotic bleeding, a heart valve placement procedure, placement of a ventricular patch, control of bleeding from adhesions during a re-operative cardiac procedure, bleeding after a congenital heart defect repair, an endoscopic cardiac surgery procedure, a pericardial adhesion prevention procedure, a retrosternal adhesion prevention procedure, or bleeding during and after cardiopulmonary bypass.
  • 67. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject having or recovering from said urologic surgery is having or is recovering from an incontinence repair, a hypospadius repair, a fistula after hypospadius repair, a percutaneous nephrostomy, a percutaneous nephrolithotomy, a percutaneous nephrectomy, a vasovasotomy, a urinary fistula, a ureteral reconstruction, a circumcision, prostate surgery, vas deferens surgery, an anastomosis of the urethra, a stoma procedure, an endoscopic urologic procedure, or urologic trauma
  • 68. The method of paragraph 52, wherein said subject is having or is recovering from an amputation, a tissue leak, a tissue perforation, a hematoma, a bleeding control procedure, a repair of luminal tissue, a tissue defect, a skin lesion, a topical wound closure, a microbial colonization or infection barrier procedure, a burn, a mucus membrane lesion, implantation of a pacemaker, implantation of a nerve stimulator, implanation of a pump, implantation of a bone stimulator, fixation of a vascular catheter, fixation of a second tissue to bone, a fistula repair, a skin wound closure, a vascular access procedure, a percutaneous device procedure, or a periosteal flap.
  • 69. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said subject is a mammal.
  • 70. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said mammal is a human.
  • 71. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a catechol compound.
  • 72. The method of paragraph 71, wherein said catechol compound is 3,4-dihyroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), dopamine, 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid, a DOPA derivative, a conjugation of DOPA, poly(DOPA), poly(DOPA-Lys), hydroferulic acid, 3-methoxytyramine, homovanillic acid, 3,4-dihyroxybenzylamine, 3,4-dihyroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine, or 3,4 dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid.
  • 73. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises a linker compound.
  • 74. The method of paragraph 73, wherein said linker compound is an amide linker compound, a urethane linker compound, a urea linker compound, a di-acid linker compound, an amine-diol linker compound, an ester linker compound, a gamma-aminobutyric acid linker compound, a 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid linker compound, a 4-hyroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine linker compound, a glycine linker compound, an amino acid linker compound, or a lysine linker compound.
  • 75. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a branched polymer.
  • 76. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises at least one compound from Table 1.
  • 77. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said surface is a tissue.
  • 78. The method of paragraph 77, wherein said tissue is skin tissue, hair tissue, nail tissue, corneal tissue, tongue tissue, oral cavity tissue, esophageal tissue, anal tissue, urethral tissue, vaginal tissue, urinary epithelial tissue, salivary gland tissue, mammary gland tissue, lacrimal gland tissue, sweat gland tissue, prostate gland tissue, bulbourethral gland tissue, Bartholin's gland tissue, uterine tissue, respiratory and gastrointestinal tract goblet cell tissue, gastric mucosal tissue, gastric gland tissue, pancreatic tissue, pulmonary tissue, pituitary gland tissue, thyroid gland tissue, parathyroid gland tissue, testicular tissue, ovarian tissue, respiratory gland tissue, gastrointestinal gland tissue, adrenal gland tissue, renal tissue, liver tissue, adipose tissue, duct cell tissue, gall bladder tissue, epidydimal tissue, vas deferens tissue, blood vessel tissue, lymph gland tissue, lymphatic duct tissue, synovial tissue, serosal tissue, squamous tissue, cochlear tissue, choroid plexus tissue, ependymal tissue, dural tissue, pia-arachnoid tissue, sclera tissue, retinal tissue, iris tissue, ciliary tissue, dental tissue, otic tissue, ligament tissue, tendon tissue, elastic cartilage tissue, fibrocartilage tissue, hyaline cartilage tissue, bone marrow tissue, intervertebral disc tissue, compact bone tissue, cancellous bone tissue, skeletal muscle tissue, cardiac muscle tissue, smooth muscle tissue, cardiac valve tissue, pericardial tissue, pleural tissue, peritoneal tissue, blood cell tissue, neuronal tissue, glial tissue, sensory transducer cell tissue, pain sensitive tissue, autonomic neuron tissue, peripheral nervous system tissue, cranial nerve tissue, ocular lens tissue, germ cell tissue, thymus tissue, placental tissue, fetal membrane tissue, umbilical tissue, stem cell tissue, mesodermal tissue, ectodermal tissue, endodermal tissue, autologous tissue, allograft tissue or a combination thereof
  • 79. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said applying is manual applying, applicator applying, instrument applying, manual spray applying, aerosol spray applying, syringe applying, airless tip applying, gas-assist tip applying, percutaneous applying, surface applying, topical applying, internal applying, enteral applying, parenteral applying, protective applying, catheter applying, endoscopic applying, arthroscopic applying, encapsulation scaffold applying, stent applying, wound dressing applying, vascular patch applying, vascular graft applying, image-guided applying, radiologic applying, brush applying, wrap applying, or drip applying.
  • 80. The method paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer further comprises an anti-microbial compound, an antibiotic compound, a growth factor compound, a gene therapy vector, stem cell tissue, undifferentiated progenitor cells, differentiated cells, an analgesic compound, an anesthetic compound, an RNAi compound, a morphogenetic protein, a sustained release compound, enothelialized graft tissue, bone graft tissue, autograft tissue, allograft tissue, xenograft tissue, a bone graft substitute, a coagulation factor compound, a hormone compound, a steroid hormone compound, a bioactive compound, or a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • 81. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is configured to degrade at a predetermined rate.
  • 82. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a predetermined strength.
  • 83. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer comprises a predetermined tensility.
  • 84. The method of paragraph 49, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is a film polymer.
  • 85. The method of paragraph 84, wherein said film polymer is a single layer film polymer.
  • 86. The method of paragraph 84, wherein said film polymer is a multi-layer film polymer.
  • 87. The method of paragraph 84, wherein said film polymer comprises an oxidant.
  • 88. The method of paragraph 84, wherein said phenyl derivative polymer is applied on at least one side of a mesh.
  • 89. The method of paragraph 88, wherein said mesh is a biologic mesh or a synthetic mesh.
  • 90. The method of paragraph 84, wherein said film polymer is a stand-alone film polymer.
  • 91. The method of paragraph 84, wherein at least one surface of said film polymer is adhesive.
  • The invention will be further described with reference to the following non-limiting Examples. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many changes can be made in the embodiments described without departing from the scope of the present invention. Thus the scope of the present invention should not be limited to the embodiments described in this application, but only by embodiments described by the language of the claims and the equivalents of those embodiments. Unless otherwise indicated, all percentages are by weight.
    • EXAMPLES Experimental Example 1 Topical Wound Closure in the Rat
  • Using a “bilateral” incision wound model on the dorsal surface of the rat (Oxlund et al, J Surg Res, 1996; 66:25-30, Jorgensen et al., J Surg Res, 1995; 58:295-301) healing across an incision site whose ends are opposed with a bioadhesive was investigated by measuring the tensile failure properties of incision sites treated with two formulations of a bioadhesive, and comparing this with the failure properties of incisions repaired with a representative commercially available cyanoacrylate adhesive (Dermabond), and with suture alone. Wound site healing was also qualitatively assessed using histology.
    • Experimental Design:
  • 48 Sprague-Dawley rats (350-399 g) were tested. The dorsal skin was shaved, and the skin prepped for surgery. Two 5-cm long incision wounds were made 15 mm from and parallel to the dorsal midline, and centered on the thoracolumbar junction. The incisions were made perpendicular to the skin surface, and through the epidermis, dermis and subcutaneous muscle layers, but leaving the deep fascia intact. Hemostasis was obtained by direct pressure using sterile gauze. The wounds were repaired by 1 of the 4 following treatments: 1. Formulation QuadraSeal-DH 15%; 2. Formulation QuadraSeal-DH 30%; 3. Dermabond (2-octyl cyanoacrylate adhesive); and 4. Interrupted 5-0 polypropylene sutures only (placed 5 mm apart and 3-4 mm from the wound line).
  • The repaired wounds were dressed with gauze and tape, appropriate antibiotic was administered, and the animals were allowed to recover. Twelve animals were euthanized at each of 4 hours, and 3, 7, and 21 days. The treatments were applied to the groups of 12 animals at each of the 4 time points according to the following design (numbers represent the 4 treatments defined above, pairs of numbers represent treatments for the 2 incisions in each of 12 animals): (1-2, 2-1, 3-1, 4-1,1-3, 2-3, 3-2, 4-2, 1-4, 2-4, 3-4, and 4-3) providing 6 5-cm incision samples for each treatment at each of 4 time points, with each treatment paired with all others twice at each time point. Treatments 3 and 4 served as comparative controls. The skin from the incision wound test area on both sides of the spine was harvested from each animal. The subcutaneous muscle fascia was separated from the undersurface of the skin. Three uniform 30 mm×10 mm test strips of skin were cut at equally spaced intervals from the skin samples from both sides of the spine. Two of the samples from each incision were stored in a zip-lock plastic bag and transported to a biomechanics lab for mechanical testing within two hours from sample harvest. The third strip from each incision was fixed in formalin and prepared for histology as described below. The test strips of skin for mechanical testing were mounted in a materials test machine by means of grips with serrated surfaces to minimize slippage during testing. The test strips were loaded to failure in tension at a rate of 10 mm/min, and the tensile failure strength was recorded and the character of the tissue failure noted. In the specimens from the 3, 7 and 21-day groups where the wound was closed with sutures, one of the two specimens from the incision was tested with the sutures cut, and the other specimen with the sutures intact. Descriptive histology was performed on one of the three 30 mm×10 mm test strips from the 6 animals at each of 4 time points for each of the 4 treatments, for a total of 96 sections for this histologic assessment. The harvested skin samples were immediately fixed in 10% formalin, processed and embedded in paraffin. Histologic specimens (5 μm thick) were sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface and stained with hematoxylin and eosin.
    • Results—Mechanical Testing
  • Referring to FIG. 222, yield and ultimate failure were calculated from load-displacement curves. Curves were shifted such that the first point at which 0.05 N was exceeded was considered a displacement of 0.0 mm. The ultimate load or peak load was selected as the highest value on the curve, and the displacement at this point was recorded. A secondary, linear stiffness region was chosen graphically, and a stiffness line was fit to this region using a least-squares approach. This line was shifted by 2% of the displacement at peak load, and intersected with the load-displacement curve to determine the yield load and displacement. This point corresponded to the first perturbation in the curve where failure of the incision site began, and was the same as the peak load in the absence of a distinct yield point. The two yield and ultimate loads were averaged within each rat incision. Analysis of variance with pair-wise comparisons was performed on the log-transformed data to provide normality and equal variance conditions. The incisions in several animals broke open early in the postoperative period, and the animals were euthanized. This occurred in the animals that had been designated for 21 days. The incisions in several test samples from animals at early time points were fragile and broke open during/after harvest and before mechanical testing. These samples are tallied in Tables 2. and 3. During testing the intact fascia of some specimens dominated the wound strength during and after failure of the wound.
  • TABLE 2
    Number of test samples that broke before testing (fragile wounds)
    Cmpnd Cmpnd Suture Suture
    Dermabond
    1 2 (Intact) (Removed)
    4 Hours 1 3 4 0 NA
    3 Days 2 6 0 0 3
    7 Days 0 2 2 0 0
    21 Days 0 0 0 0 0
  • TABLE 3
    Number of animal incisions represented in
    the final statistics at each time point
    Dermabond Cmpnd
    1 Cmpnd2 Suture
    4 Hours 6 4 4 6
    3 Days 6 3 5 6
    7 Days 6 4 4 6
    21 Days 5 2 5 4
  • The yield and ultimate failure results are summarized in the FIGS. 223 and 224. At the 4-hour and 3-day time points, wounds closed by suture (intact) were significantly stronger (yield and ultimate) than the wounds closed by the 2 test compound (“Cmpnd”) adhesives, Dermabond, and sutures that we cut at testing (see statistics results in Appendix). At 7 days, there were no significant differences between any of the treatments in terms of yield and ultimate strengths. All wounds that were mechanically tested appeared to be healed at 21 days. Again, at 21 days, there were no significant differences between any of the treatments except Dermabond and suture intact (p=0.018), for yield and ultimate strengths. The 2 test adhesives work as well as suture and Dermabond in terms of failure strength at 21 days.
    • Results—Histology:
  • 4-Hour: There were no consistent differences among the 4 treatments in the 4-hour histology. There was no evidence of healing at this early time point . With all treatments, histology showed the initial signs of an inflammatory response. There was no presence of fibroblasts.
  • 3-Day: There were no consistent differences among the 4 treatments in the 3-day histology. The inflammatory response was much greater than at 4 hours for all treatments as reflected by the large number of neutrophils that had accumulated at the wound site. There was evidence of the initiation of wound repair as revealed by the presence of some fibroblasts. The sides of the wounds remained un-united in all treatments . Although the ends of the wounds appear to be tightly opposed in the 3-day images of the QuadraSeal-DH 15% and suture specimens, there was no evidence of significant wound healing with reparative fibrous tissue in these 2 specimens.
  • 7-Day: Differences between the treatments became more evident at this time point. There was a reduction in the number of inflammatory cells by 7 days, although they were still present at the wound site. There were a large number of fibroblasts with varying levels of associated reparative scar tissue in all specimens depending upon the treatment. In most cases, wound repair seemed to begin in the deep dermal layer and then progressed up toward the epidermis. This reparative process, although present, was less organized and insufficient to provide full-thickness healing of wounds treated with Dermabond at the 7-day time point. The repair process was even less intense with treatment with QuadraSeal-DH 30%. However, the repair process was much more organized and led to 3 of 5 suture-treated specimens and 3 of 6 QuadraSeal-DH 15% treated specimens to exhibit full-thickness wound healing at 7 days.
  • 21-Day: All specimens exhibited full-thickness wound healing by 21 days: 2 of 2 with QuadraSeal-DH 15%, 6 of 6 with QuadraSeal-DH 30%, 4 of 4 with Dermabond, and 4 of 4 with suture. The reparative tissue in the wound site exhibited a large number of fibroblasts and collagen fibers. Re-epithelization was evident with all treatments.
    • Experimental Example 2 Suture Line Sealing on a PTFE Vascular Graft
  • The purpose of this study was to evaluate the biocompatibility of the test articles, as well as the ability of the test articles to prevent blood loss in vascular applications in the canine model. The performance of the test articles were compared to CoSeal™.
  • TABLE 4
    ARTICLE LOT NUMBER EXPIRATION DATE
    CoSeal 060842 July 2008
    Medhesive CV SLOWGEL 90843 Dec. 5, 2008
    Medhesive CV FASTGEL 91352 Dec. 5, 2008
  • 8 adult mixed breed dogs, weighing an average of 28.6+1.7 kg were purchased from Covance Research Products, Kalamazoo, Mich. The study design is shown in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    METHOD OF ACHIEVING VASCULAR
    REPAIR HEMOSTASIS
    Animal Left femoral Right femoral
    Number artery artery NECROPSY
    1 CoSeal Medhesive Day 14
    CV SLOWGEL
    2 CoSeal Medhesive Day 14
    CV FASTGEL
    3 Medhesive Medhesive Day 14
    CV SLOWGEL CV FASTGEL
    4 Medhesive Medhesive Day 14
    CV FASTGEL CV SLOWGEL
    5 Medhesive CoSeal Day 14
    CV SLOWGEL
    6 Medhesive CoSeal Day 14
    CV FASTGEL
    7 Medhesive Medhesive Day 14
    CV FASTGEL CV SLOWGEL
    8 Medhesive Medhesive Day 14
    CV SLOWGEL CV FASTGEL
    • Surgical Procedure
  • To avoid differences in blood pressure and bleeding parameters, two surgeons were used to perform simultaneous bilateral femoral patch implantations. Following clipping and scrubbing of both hind legs the animals were placed in dorsal recumbency on the operating table, and then aseptically prepped and draped. Indirect blood pressure was monitored during the procedure, and pressures were recorded every 2 minutes during the hemostasis evaluation period. An incision was made over both femoral arteries and the arteries were exposed by sharp and blunt dissection. Lidocaine was applied topically to the femoral arteries to prevent vasospasm during dissection. Once the femoral arteries were isolated, heparin was given as needed to achieve and maintain an activated clotting time (ACT) of approximately 300 seconds. The ACT was recorded approximately 1 to 10 minutes after the initial bolus of heparin and approximately every 30 minutes throughout the surgical procedure and hemostasis evaluations. To occlude blood flow, atraumatic clamps were placed on the femoral arteries proximal and distal to the arteriotomy site. An approximate 1.5 cm longitudinal arteriotomy was made into the ventral surface of each vessel. An elliptical ePTFE patch, approximately 1.5 cm long and 0.5 cm wide was cut to size and sewn into place with 6-0 Prolene on a taper needle in a continuous suture pattern. When the ePTFE patches were implanted, the distal and proximal vessel clamps were released for 1-3 seconds to expand the vessel and to document suture line bleeding. The clamps were re-applied and the vessel blotted dry with sterile gauze. The gauze was discarded. A uniform layer of test or control sealant was applied to the suture line and to the ePTFE patch surface. If required, a second application was applied as an overlay or touch-up to the first application. The test and control sealants were allowed to gel for at least 60 seconds.
    • Hemostasis Evaluation
  • After the sealant was allowed to completely gel the surgeons simultaneously removed the distal and proximal clamps from each artery. Close observation of the treatment site determined oozing or bleeding, which was recorded. If hemostasis was not achieved, direct pressure with gauze sponges was employed for 5 minutes. The time of hemostasis, if achieved within 5 minutes, was noted. The gauze sponges were weighed to assess blood loss. After hemostasis was established, the defect was observed for an additional 5 minute period. Any recurrence of bleeding or oozing, re-bleeding, runoff or sloughing of the sealant was recorded. Blood was wiped from the vessel and the pads were weighed to calculate blood loss. If the contralateral vessel achieved hemostasis, it was also monitored for the 5 minute period. Following the time to hemostasis evaluations, the muscle, subcutaneous and subcuticular tissues were closed with 3-0 PDS suture and the skin was closed with cyanoacrylate glue. The dogs were recovered from anesthesia and returned to the study room where postoperative monitoring continued. Long term postoperative monitoring included twice-daily inspections of the surgical site for signs of bleeding, or infection.
    • Necropsy and Postmortem Evaluations
  • Prior to necropsy the animals were sedated and angiography of both femoral arteries was performed to demonstrate vessel patency. The animals were euthanized with intravenous sodium pentobarbital solution, followed by exsanguination. The vascular implant sites were exposed and inspected for evidence of chronic bleeding, inflammation, or infection. Both femoral arteries to include the patched segment and at least 1 cm of native vessel proximal and distal to the patch were excised and longitudinally slit open on the side opposite the patch. Each vessel was pinned flat on a piece of cork, gently rinsed with saline to remove any residual blood, and grossly examined for evidence of sealant on the luminal surface of the patch or vessel, as well as adhered thrombus. The vessels were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin, sectioned, stained with H &E stain, and read by a board-certified pathologist.
    • Results
  • Pre-operative clinical examinations and CBC and serum chemistry evaluations confirmed that the animals were in good health at the time of implantation. In all cases, clamp release following implantation demonstrated suture line bleeding. Immediate hemostasis after one application of sealant was observed in 1 of 4 CoSeal applications, and 5 of 6 Medhesive CV FG and Medhesive CV SG applications, respectively. Re-bleeding during the 5-minute observation period resulted in 1 CoSeal re-bleed, 2 Medhesive CV SG re-bleeds and 3 Medhesive CV FG re-bleeds. Blood lost during the 5-minute observation period were: Medhesive CV SG, 1.8±1.8 mL; Medhesive CV FG, 4.9±5.9 mL; and CoSeal 4.1±4.2 mL. Each group had one instance where no blood loss occurred.
    • Experimental Example 3 Adjunctive Sealing of Gastrointestinal Tissues
  • Medhesive-113 was formulated at varying concentrations with varying amounts of poly vinyl alcohol (PVA) added. The formulations used applied over a ˜3 mm defect in a segment of porcine small intestine secured with a single suture. The formulation was allowed to cure for 10 minutes under ambient conditions. The tissue/adhesive test assembly was conditioned in a saline bath for 1 h. After the conditioning period the segment was pressurized with air (FIG. 228) and the maximum pressure withstood was recorded (FIG. 229). The addition of PVA to the formulation made the resulting adhesive surprisingly elastic and the formulations containing higher amounts of PVA were more extensible and resisted higher pressures than those with less of no PVA added.
    • Experimental Example 4 Tendon Repair
  • To test use of adhesives of the present invention for tendon repair, the adhesive properties of an adhesive-coated biologic mesh using lap shear adhesion tests (ASTM F2255) was evaluated. Medhesive-096 (FIG. 106) was solvent cast onto either bovine pericardium or a commercially available porcine dermal tissue (Biotape XM™, Wright Medical Technology) to form the bioadhesive construct (FIG. 231). Bovine pericardium was chosen as a backing because it is an inexpensive and readily abundant extracellular matrix with suitable material properties (tensile strength of 41±9.8 N/cm). Additionally, several acellular bovine pericardium-based products (e.g., Veritas®, Synovis Surgical Innovations; Tutomesh®, RTI Biologics) have been approved by the FDA for soft tissue reconstruction. Biotape is a porcine dermal tissue that has been evaluated for tendon repair. To perform the lap shear tests, adhesive coated-constructs were activated with a solution of NaIO4 (40 μL) prior to bringing the adhesive into contact with the test substrate (also bovine pericardium). The adhesive joints were weighted down (100 g) for 10 minutes and incubated at 37° C. in PBS (pH 7.4) for an hour prior to testing. Dermabond® (Ethicon Inc.) and Tisseel™ (Baxter Healthcare Corporation), commercially available tissue adhesives, were included in the testing as controls. The adhesives were applied in situ according to the instructions of the manufacturer. The minimum sample size was 6 in each test condition. Statistical assessment was performed using an analysis of variance (ANOVA), with pair-wise comparisons made with the Tukey test and a significance level of 0.05. As demonstrated in FIG. 232, strong moisture resistance adhesive strength was imparted to both biologic meshes. The adhesive constructs demonstrated adhesive strengths that were 28-40 times greater than that of fibrin glue. While Dermabond exhibited the highest adhesive strength among all adhesives tested, meshes fixed with cyanoacrylates have been reported to have reduced tissue integration combined with a pronounced inflammatory response. Due to the release of toxic degradation products (formaldehyde), cyanoacrylates are not approved for general internal applications in the US. Both Medhesive-096-coated bovine pericardium and Biotape were used in subsequent mechanical testing of repaired tendons.
  • In addition to a single layered adhesive coating, the present invention provides a tri-layered coating consisting of a layer of Medhesive-112 sandwiched between two layers of Medhesive-054, as illustrated in FIG. 233. The tri-layered construct demonstrated significantly higher lap shear adhesive strength (185±47.4 kPa) compared to its individual components; Medhesive-054 (39.0±12.5 kPa) and Medhesive-112 (8.48±4.64 kPa). Medhesive-054 is the most hydrophilic polymer of those synthesized, which may be most suitable for interfacial binding. Medheisve-112 has elevated polyester content (25 wt %), and the Medhesive-112 films may exhibit poor adhesive strength (poor interfacial binding properties) despite having a tensile modulus that is 2.6 times greater than that of Medhesive-054. The tri-layered-construct combines the interfacial binding properties of Medhesive-054 with the strong bulk mechanical properties of Medhesive-112 in creating an adhesive film that exhibited adhesive strength that is equivalent to that of Dermabond (181±33.4 kPa, FIG. 232). Currently, a step-by-step solvent casting method is used to provide the tri-layer. Alternatively, a computer-controlled spraying machine (Prism 300, Ultrasonic Systems, Inc.) may be used to fabricate multilayered-coatings more easily and quickly. Adhesive constructs produced by this spray method exhibited adhesive strengths (91.1±6.23 kPa) that are equivalent to those with the solvent casting method (105±22.9 kPa). The coefficient of variation (CV), a measure of variance in the data computed by the ratio of the standard deviation to the mean, was lower with the spray method (CV=6.8%) compared with the solvent casting method (CV=22%), which may be attributed to a more evenly coated film. Additionally, the spray method may be used to control the thickness as well as the pattern of films coated onto the mesh.
    • Mechanical Properties of Repair Tendons
  • The mechanical properties of tendons repaired by suture combined with the bioadhesive constructs of the present invention, were compared with the standard of care-tendons repaired by sutures alone. As demonstrated in FIG. 234 (left), transected porcine tendons (rear leg deep flexor) were sutured with both parallel (Polysorb™ braided lactomer™ 4-0, Covidien) and 3-loop pulley (Maxon™ monofilament polyglyconate, 0, Covidien) suture patterns. The parallel sutures were used to keep the two ends of the transected tendon in intimate contact in order to minimize gap formation, while the 3-loop pulley was intended to be the main structural component that held the severed tendon together. For construct-repaired groups, the sutured tendons were further reinforced by wrapping either bovine pericardium or Biotape coated with Medhesive-096 around the tendon (FIG. 234 (right)). The bioadhesive construct was first secured to the tendon with three stay sutures, and then a solution of NaIO4 (20 mg/mL) was sprayed onto the adhesive prior to wrapping it around the tendon. The wrapped tendons were held tightly for 10 min and incubated at 37° C. (PBS, pH 7.4) for 1 hr prior to testing. Both sutured tendons and adhesive-wrapped tendons were loaded to failure at a rate of 25 mm/min, and load/displacement (strain) data were recorded. For each test group, 10 samples were included, and statistical analysis was performed as previously described.
  • TABLE 6
    Tensile structural properties of repaired tendons
    Linear Stiffness (N) 1045 ± 305  1451 ± 254*  1305 ± 340#  
    Failure Load (N) 105 ± 25.1  151 ± 37.4*  130 ± 45.5#
    Strain @ Failure  0.158 ± 0.0208 0.159 ± 0.0318 0.159 ± 0.0298
    Load
    Energy to Failure (J) 0.386 ± 0.131  0.630 ± 0.194* 0.492 ± 0.236 
    Peak Load (N) 217 ± 45.7 231 ± 35.6  245 ± 35.8 
    Strain @ Peak Load  0.356 ± 0.0602 0.370 ± 0.0612 0.380 ± 0.0606
    *p < 0.05 compared to suture only;
    #p < 0.15 compared to suture only.
    BP = bovine pericardium.
    N = 10 replicates per treatment.
  • FIG. 235A demonstrates a representative load vs. strain curve for a sutured tendon, which contains typical features that were evident in all test groups (FIG. 235B); (1) non-linear toe region where the fibers are being recruited as the tendon is stretched, (2) linear region representing the linear stiffness of the repaired tendon, (3) arrows pointing to reduction in the load corresponding with the parallel sutures being pulled off the tendon, with the first of these instances being considered as the irreversible failure of the repair (failure load), (4) the area under the load-strain curve up to the failure load, used to calculate energy to failure, and (5) peak load where the 3-loop pulley began to fail, as it is pulled through the tendon. As shown in Table 6, adhesive wrapped tendons increased the stiffness of the repair by 25-40% over the controls, indicating more force was required to stretch these tendons. While sutured tendons readily formed a gap at the transected site at loads as low as 10 N, no visible gap was formed in bovine pericardium-wrapped tendons until failure as determined by ultrasound images. Gap formation has been attributed to inflammation and inadequate healing as a result of poorly aligned collagen fibers. Adhesive-wrapped tendons also exhibited increased failure load and energy to failure (24-44% and 27-63%, respectively), compared with suture-only controls. Thus, patients with adhesive-wrapped tendons could initiate a rehabilitation program at an earlier time point or perform a more aggressive rehabilitation regimen. Tension applied to the tendon during healing improves the orientation of collagen fibers and calf muscle strength. The strains to failure for all test groups were not statistically different, indicating that the parallel sutures begin to fail when tendons were being pulled to the same strain, regardless of treatment. Similarly, both peak load and strain corresponding to failure of the 3-loop sutures were not statistically different between the three test groups. While the 3-loop suture is the primary structural component that holds the tendon together, irreversible failure had already occurred when the parallel sutures were pulled out of the tendons. Initial failure load, and not peak failure load, is the more important failure metric when considering repeated loading of a healing tendon.
    • Experimental Example 5 Pelvic Floor Collapse Repair
  • This Example demonstrate the ability of thin film adhesives of the present invention to be incorporated into NovaSilk polypropylene mesh used for cystocele repair, showing that adhesive-coated NovaSilk resists 4 pounds of load without fail. Thin film adhesives may be coated onto synthetic mesh, including polypropylene, then referred to as “pre-coated mesh adhesives”. Pre-coated mesh adhesives do not become “sticky” until a cross-linking agent is introduced to the film. It can be brushed onto the tissue surface before laying the pre-coated mesh on top; it can be brushed onto the pre-coated mesh itself; or the pre-coated mesh can be dipped into the cross-linker before application, or the cros-slinker may be embedded within the film, so that the adhesive will become activated only in situ without the additional step of cross-linker delivery.
    • Methods Adhesive Polymers
  • Two polymers comprising the dihydroxyphenol (DHP) adhesive endgroup were synthesized for evaluation as a pre-coated mesh adhesive. Both Medhesive-054 and Medhesive-096 are copolymers of polycaprolactone (PCL) and branched polyethylene glycol (PEG) which was end-functionalized with DHP. The difference between the two polymers is the molecular weight of PCL segments; Medhesive-054 has a shorter PCL segment making it a more hydrophilic polymer.
    • Medhesive-096 Film Formation and Mesh Incorporation
  • Medhesive-096 polymer films were cast from 10 wt % solutions in chloroform. Alternative formulations substituted a branched PEG-polylactic acid copolymer (PEG-PLA) for 20% of the total polymer content. Polymer solutions were poured into 80 mm×40 mm Teflon® molds and were incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour to facilitate solvent evaporation. Medhesive-096 films were then thoroughly dried under vacuum overnight. After removal of the films from the molds, each film was trimmed and placed on a glass plate covered with a release liner material (3M). The NovaSilk mesh was placed over the polymer film and the assembly was covered with another piece of release liner and glass plate. The glass plates were pressed together and maintained at 55° C. for 1 hour. Pre-coated adhesive meshes were cut into 2 cm strips each possessing ˜6 cm of their length coated with adhesive (FIG. 238).
    • Medhesive-054 Film Formation and Mesh Incorporation
  • Medhesive-054 polymer films were cast in the same manner as Medhesive-096 films, except that partially dried films containing Medhesive-054 were removed from the molds and placed on sheet of release liner directly beneath the NovaSilk mesh. The assembly was covered with another piece of release liner and glass plate. The glass plates were pressed together and maintained at 55° C. for 1 hour. The resulting pre-coated adhesive mesh was further dried under vacuum overnight.
    • Adhesive Activation and Adhesion Testing
  • Fresh bovine pericardium was cut into 2.5 cm×7.5 cm strips and stored in phosphate buffered saline until use. To activate the adhesive, pre-coated meshes were sprayed with a fine mist of NaIO4 cross-linker (20 mg/ml) from a refillable aerosol sprayer (Preval). Strips were immediately approximated to the adventitial side of the pericardium and covered with a glass microscope slide and a 100 gram weight (FIG. 239). The tissue-mesh assemblies were allowed to cure for 10 minutes under ambient conditions. The test assemblies were subsequently covered with PBS-soaked gauze pads and incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour.
  • To evaluate the lap shear strength of the adhesive joint, the ends of test assemblies were mounted in the grips of a universal tensile tester (ADMET, Inc.), as illustrated FIG. 240. The adhesive joint was strained using a crosshead speed of 10 mm/min. The peak load prior to failure was recorded and the adhesive failure mode was noted for each sample.
    • Results Film Preparation
  • Medhesive-054 and Medhesive-096 required slightly different procedures for casting the adhesive films and incorporation into the synthetic meshes. Unsupported Medhesive-054 films were prone to cracking during the drying process. The process was subsequently altered to allow the film to dry partially followed by incorporation into the synthetic mesh. Further drying under vacuum produced few physical defects in the films.
    • Adhesive Strength
  • The results of lap shear adhesion testing are shown in Tables 7.-10. Based on the failure modes for each of the formulations, the lap shear adhesion testing suggests that the Medhesive-096 formulations generally have a weaker interaction with the tissue substrate, where failure was predominantly characterized by the adhesive film being released from the tissue surface. The strongest formulation evaluated was Medhesive-054+20% PEG-PLA which resisted 5.5±0.8 pounds of force prior to complete rupture of the adhesive joint. In most cases, this formulation resulted in failure of the synthetic mesh material prior to failure for the adhesive (FIG. 241). It was observed across all formulations that the mesh material significantly narrowed in the direction transverse to loading. While this behavior is not surprising for this type of material, it does contribute additional forces on the adhesive. As shown in FIG. 242, in the case of Medhesive-054 formulations these transverse forces from the individual mesh fibers appear to “slice” though the adhesive and contribute to the failure of the adhesive joint. In the case Medhesive-096, where that adhesive interaction is somewhat weaker, the transverse force causes the adhesive to release from the tissue surface. Thin film polymer Medhesive-054, when formulated with PEG-PLA, is capable of resisting in excess of 4 pounds of shear loading, and in most cases the adhesive is stronger than the mesh into which it was incorporated.
  • TABLE 7
    Lap Shear Adhesion Test Results for Medhesive-096
    Peak Shear
    Sample Peak Load Load Length Width Stress
    no. (N) (lb) (mm) (mm) (kPa) Failure Mode
    1 17.24 3.86 70 20 12.3 Adhesive @
    tissue surface
    2 14.61 3.27 70 20 10.4 Adhesive @
    tissue surface
    3 NO TEST slipped out
    of grip
    4 16.69 3.74 70 20 11.9 adhesive/cohesive
    5 15.68 3.51 65 20 12.1 adhesive/cohesive
    6 20.22 4.53 65 20 15.6 adhesive/cohesive
    7 13.08 2.93 63 20 10.4 adhesive/cohesive
    8 16.2 3.63 65 20 12.5 adhesive/cohesive
    9 9.62 2.15 66 20 7.3 Adhesive @
    tissue surface
    10 16.07 3.60 66 20 12.2 Adhesive @
    tissue surface
    Mean 3.5 Mean 11.6
    +/− 0.7 +/− 2.2
  • TABLE 8
    Lap Shear Adhesion Test Results for Medhesive-096 + 20% PEG-PLA
    Peak Peak Shear
    Sample Load Load Length Width Stress
    no. (N) (lb) (mm) (mm) (kPa) Failure Mode
    1 10.77 2.41 68 20 7.9 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    2 12.04 2.70 62 20 9.7 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    3 5.86 1.31 63 20 4.7 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    4 13.59 3.04 63 20 10.8 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    5 5.66 1.27 63 20 4.5 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    6 11.64 2.61 64 20 9.1 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    7 10.86 2.43 65 20 8.4 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    8 6.53 1.46 65 20 5.0 Adhesive @ tissue
    surface
    Mean 2.2 Mean 7.5
    +/− 0.7 +/− 2.5
  • TABLE 9
    Lap Shear Adhesion Test Results for Medhesive-054
    Peak
    Sample Peak Load Length Width Shear Stress
    no. Load (N) (lb) (mm) (mm) (kPa) Failure Mode
    1 11.77 2.64 65 20 9.1 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    2 19.33 4.33 65 20 14.9 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    3 13.55 3.04 60 20 11.3 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    4 12.66 2.84 61 20 10.4 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    5 15.53 3.48 62 20 12.5 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    6 11.01 2.47 63 20 8.7 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    7 12.63 2.83 62 20 10.2 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    8 14.5 3.25 63 20 11.5 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    9 17.35 3.89 64 20 13.6 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    10 16.9 3.79 62 20 13.6 Mesh sheared through adhesive
    due to deformation of the mesh
    Mean 3.3 Mean 11.6
    +/− 0.6 +/− 2.0
  • TABLE 10
    Lap Shear Adhesion Test Results for Medhesive-054 + 20% PEG-PLA
    Peak Peak Shear
    Sample Load Load Length Width Stress
    no. (N) (lb) (mm) (mm) (kPa) Failure Mode
    1 28.73 6.44 60 20 23.9 Mesh tore
    2 30.13 6.75 64 20 23.5 Mesh sheared through
    the adhesive;
    3 24.86 5.57 65 20 19.1 Mesh tore
    4 23.56 5.28 63 20 18.7 Mesh tore; adhesive
    was strong enough to
    make the tissue curl
    5 20.81 4.66 64 20 16.3 Mesh tore; adhesive
    was strong enough to
    make the tissue curl
    6 20.29 4.54 65 20 15.6 Mesh tore; adhesive
    was strong enough to
    make the tissue curl
    7 24.26 5.43 68 20 17.8 Mesh tore; adhesive
    was strong enough to
    make the tissue curl
    8 28.19 6.31 62 20 22.7 Mesh tore; adhesive
    was strong enough to
    make the tissue curl
    9 21.88 4.90 63 20 17.4 Mesh tore
    10 23.96 5.37 62 20 19.3
    Mean 5.5 Mean 19.4
    +/− 0.8 +/− 3.0
    • Experimental Example 6 Vascular Access Closure
  • The capacity of adhesives of the present invention to seal vascular access sites was assessed using porcine carotid arteries. Medhesive-061 was applied over one of two different metal locator wires which had been inserted into the lumen of the artery (FIG. 243). After allowing the sealant to cure for 1 minute, the artery was pressurized and the peak pressure prior to rupture was recorded. The results of this burst testing are shown in Table 11. During the application of the adhesive, no material entered the lumen of the artery.
  • TABLE 11
    Results of burst testing Medhesive-061 applied to exterior of carotid artery.
    Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5 Test 6
    Artery type Porcine Porcine Porcine Porcine Canine Canine
    carotid carotid carotid carotid carotid carotid
    Medhesive 061 061 061 061 061 061
    formulation (6-arm) (6-arm) (8-arm) (8-arm) (8-arm) (8-arm)
    Locator wire Metal Metal Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer
    w/disc w/disc w/balloon w/balloon w/balloon w/balloon
    Locator wire Cohesive Cohesive Clean Clean Clean Clean
    removal/ failure failure
    impact on (some (some
    Medhesive Medhesive Medhesive
    remained remained
    attached to attached to
    wire) wire)
    Second coat Yes Some Yes Very little Yes No
    Medhesive (syringe
    failed)
    Burst 13.38 psi 2.40 psi Vessel 0.63 psi Vessel Vessel
    pressure dissection leaking leaking
    Failure Cohesive Cohesive n/a n/a n/a
    mode
    • Experimental Example 7 Seroma Prevention
  • This project demonstrates that adhesives of the present invention reduce or prevent seroma formation in a well characterized rat mastectomy model. This model requires the removal of the pectoralis musculature, partial axillary lymph node dissection and the disruption of dermal lymphatics. Animals were placed in 1 of 9 test groups where the mastectomy dead space was closed with either 1 of 8 formulations of liquid adhesives, or with normal saline (control). In the event of seroma formation, fluid was collected from the affected area at postoperative days 5, 10 and 14, and the volumes were recorded. After 14 days, the animals were euthanized and the mastectomy sites were excised, examined and prepared for histology.
    • Study Design
  • Eight adhesive formulations were selected that exhibit a range of relevant adhesive strengths and degradation rates, and were included in this animal study to demonstrate how each of these two variables might affect the reduction in seroma formation. The formulations/treatment groups are were:
  • Treatments (n=3 animals per treatment)
      • 1. Medhesive-068 (fastest degradation): 15% wt
      • 2. Medhesive-068: 20% wt
      • 3. Medhesive-068: 30% wt
      • 4. Medhesive-102 (slowest degradation): 10% wt
      • 5. Medhesive-061 (strongest formulation): 15% wt
      • 6. Medhesive-061: 30% wt
      • 7. QuadraSeal DME or equivalent (high swelling)
      • 8. Medhesive-069 (link to U of M study): 15%
      • 9. Saline-only control
  • After closure of the tissue dead space using the adhesives, serous fluid was aspirated at days 5, 10 and 14. This outcome measure reflects the existence and extent of the seroma formation. Additionally, visual analysis of aspirated fluids and presence of adhesive remnants in the seroma site, and visual and histological assessment of inflammation and tissue healing were determined as secondary outcome measures.
    • Surgical Procedure
  • All surgical procedures were performed using sterile technique. Animals were anesthetized with an intramuscular injection of xylazine (4-9 mg/kg) and ketamine (40-90 mg/kg). After sedation, the animals were ventilated via a nose cone with a mixture of oxygen and isofluorane. An incision was made from the jugular notch to the xiphoid process. The skin lateral to the incision was elevated and dissected free from its muscular attachments allowing for easy removal of the pectoralis muscle. In order to prevent hemorrhage, the axillary artery and vein (that supply the muscle) were first carefully exposed and ligated. The pectoralis was then removed leaving as little of a stump as possible attached to the humerus so that the effect of muscle necrosis would be minimized. Hemostasis was maintained throughout the procedure by careful dissection without the use of electrocautery. Next, axillary lymph node excisions were carefully performed with the aid of magnification. To ensure consistent seroma formation, the subcutaneous lymphovasculature was traumatized by scraping the inner surface of the elevated skin flap with a #15 blade approximately 20 times. The wound was then inspected carefully for hemostasis. In 2 of the 3 animals for each of the 8 adhesive treatments, the adhesive was sprayed onto the chest wall, and the skin flap was immediately placed on top of the adhesive and chest wall, and held in place with moderate pressure for 2 minutes. In the remaining third animal in each treatment, the adhesive was sprayed onto both the chest wall and skin flap surfaces, and the skin flap was then similarly placed on the chest wall and held for 2 minutes. The wounds were then carefully closed using staples in order not to disturb the adhered tissue planes. In the negative control animals, a fine mist of saline (0.2 mL) was applied to the skin flap and chest wall by a spray applicator. The animals were removed from the ventilator and given pain medication (buprenorphine 0.05-0.1 mg/kg subcutaneously) postoperatively and every 12 hours for up to 3 days as needed.
    • Assessments
  • On postoperative days 5, 10 and 14, animals were anesthetized (intramuscular injection of ketamine (40-90 mg/kg) and xylazine (4-9 mg/kg)), and the fluid that had accumulated at the seroma site, if present, was aspirated under sterile conditions with a 15-gauge needle and syringe, and its volume quantified. On postoperative day 14, the animals were then euthanized by an intravenous overdose of pentobarbital (100 mg/kg). The original midline incision was opened, paying careful attention to the degree of healing between the skin flap and chest wall. Full-thickness biopsies of skin flap and the chest wall were harvested and grossly evaluated to determine if any remnants of polymer were present at the site. Harvested tissues were then sent for histological preparation with hematoxylin and eosin staining. Histological sections were assessed in blinded fashion by a board-certified pathologist, with particular attention being paid to descriptions of tissue healing and consolidation at the seroma site, and evidence of potential infection and inflammation.
  • TABLE 12
    Animal Aspirations (ml)
    Treatment ID 5-day 10-day 14-day Total
    M-068 (15 wt %) 09V64 0 0 0 0
    (fastest 09V71 0 0 0 0
    degradation) 09V72 0 0 0 0
    M-068 (20 wt %) 09V65 1.9 ss 0 0 1.9
    09V70 1.2 ss 0 0 1.2
    09V73 5.4 ss 4.5 ss 6.8 ss 16.7 ss
    M-068 (30 wt %) 09V66 1.2 ss 0 0 1.2
    09V69 0 0 0 0
    09V74 5.5 ss 5.2 ss 4.8 ss 15.5
    M-102 (10 wt %) 09V52 0 0 0 0
    (slowest 09V56 0 0 0 0
    degradation) 09V61 0 0 0 0
    M-061 (15 wt %) 09V51 0 0 0 0
    (strongest 09V57 0 0 0 0
    formulation) 09V60 0 1.1 ss 0.5 ss 1.6
    M-061 (30 wt %) 09V53 0 0.9 ss 0 0.9
    09V55 0 5.2 ss 0 5.2
    09V62 0 3.8 ss 2.5 ss 6.3
    QuadraSeal 09V67 0 0 0 0
    DME (15 wt %) 09V68 0 0 0 0
    09V75 2.2 ss 3.4 ss 2.0 s  7.6
    M-069 (15 wt %) 09V50 0 0 0 0
    (link to U of M 09V58 0 0 0 0
    study) 09V59 0 0 0 0
    Saline only 09V49 0 0 0 0
    (Integra) 09V54 0 0 0 0
    09V63   0.5 0 0 0.5
    09V76 0 0 0 0
    U of M saline — — — — 2
    controls — — — — 5
    — — — — 4
    — — — — 5
    • Results
  • No fluids were aspirated from the mastectomy sites that were treated with M-068 (15 wt %), M-102 (15 wt %) and M-069 (15 wt %). Fluid was aspirated when surgical sites were treated with M-068 (20 wt % and 30 wt %), M-061 (15 wt % and 30 wt %) and QuadraSeal DME (15 wt %). The skin flap healed to the chest wall over the majority of the surgical site in all 3 animals when M-068 (15 wt %), the rapidly degrading polymer, was used. However, there were several very small pockets of non-healing close to the midline incision in each animal. Several large and swollen lymph nodes were present in each of the animals reflecting an immune response. Histological assessment indicated minimal to mild inflammation in 2 of the 3 animals. There was no evidence adhesive in the surgery sites, either macroscopically and histologically, so the polymer degraded in the 2-week time frame. Although no fluids were aspirated when the surgical sites were treated with M-102 (15 wt %), the slowly degrading polymer, large portions of the skin flap did not heal down to the chest wall in all 3 animals. The pockets between the skin flap and chest wall were very noticeable but did not contain fluid. Small amounts of adhesive were present in the surgical site in 2 of the 3 animals, and there was minimal foreign body reaction associated with this material. This is not surprising since M-102 (15 wt %) is a more slowly degrading polymer than M-068 (15 wt %). There were mild to moderate numbers of macrophages and lymphocytes present in all animals. This finding implies that a slower degrading polymer may prevent healing of tissue planes in this model, but this doesn't necessarily lead to seroma formation. Adhesives of the present invention (different weight percents of M-069) were used to close mastectomy sites in several further animals. This study was done with adhesives that had been stored for several months before surgery. The surgical sites in these animals exhibited large seroma formation. One of these formulations, M-069 (15 wt %), was used in the present study. The polymer was made several days before implantation, and the bioburden was reduced to acceptable levels in this polymer. M-069 (15wt %) did not result in seroma formation. The skin flap healed to the chest wall in 2 of the 3 animals. The inflammatory response was variable with minimal to marked numbers of neutrophils, macrophages and lymphocytes. The first 2 of 3 animals treated with M-068 (20 wt % and 30 wt %) and QuadraSeal DME (15 wt %) resulted in minimal to no aspirated fluid (0 to 1.9 ml) from the surgical sites. The third animal with these treatments was operated on 10 days later, and exhibited large amounts of aspirated fluid (7.6 to 16.7 ml). Surgeries were the same at both time points, and controls at both times resulted in no aspirated fluid indicating that there was no confounding variable associated with repeatability of the surgical procedure. As with M-068 (15 wt %), several large and swollen lymph nodes were present in the surgical sites of each of the animals treated with M-068 (20 wt % and 30 wt %) and QuadraSeal DME (15 wt %). No adhesive remnants were present in any of the animals, reflecting the faster degradation rate even with the higher weight-percent formulations. Similar to M-068 (15 wt %), the skin flap healed down to the chest wall in the 2 animals of each treatment that did not have the large seroma formation referred to in the previous bullet-point. In the animals with the large seroma, there was no healing in the pocket where the fluid had accumulated, but the skin flap was adhered to the chest wall everywhere else. M-061 (15 wt % and 30 wt %) were the strongest polymer formulations used in this study. Very little fluid was aspirated (0 to 1.6 ml) in animals treated with M-061 (15 wt %), and in 2 of these 3 animals, multiple moveable rice-sized segments of adhesive were present in the surgical site. The skin flap healed down to the chest wall in 2 of the 3 animals, but did not in the third. Large masses of adhesive were present in the surgical sites of all 3 animals treated with M-061 (30 wt %).
    • Experimental Example 8 Ostomy Sealing
  • To demonstrate that adhesives of the present invention may be used to attach ostomy collection bags to soft tissue to create a water-tight seal, Medhesive-096 was cast into a 240-g/m2 film. The polymer film was pressed into the fabric material surrounding the collection bag port using light pressure and mild heat (55° C.) as shown in FIG. 244. The film was allowed to cool and was subsequently actived by spraying with a solution of 10 mg/mL NaIO4. The adhesive coated fabric was immediately approximated on bovine pericardium (to simulate the soft tissue of the stoma) as shown in FIG. 245. The tissue fabric assembly was allowed to cure 10 minutes under ambient conditions. The collection bag was connected and filled with 500 mL water containing blue dye. The bag was inverted; no leaks were detected (FIG. 246).
    • Experimental Example 9 Hernia Repair Using a Patterned Adhesive-Coated Mesh (2.5-cm Discs) in a Porcine Model Methods
  • A 2.5-cm diameter discs of polyester mesh coated with 5-mm stripes of Medhesive-141 (240 g/m2) films were implanted between peritoneum and abdominal muscle of a pig. 20 mg/mL of NaIO4 solution brushed onto both sides of the adhesive-coated mesh and sample was placed on top of the peritoneum with pressure applied from the surgeon by placement of hands over the abdominal muscle layer. After mesh implantation, the abdominal wall fascia, subcutaneous tissue, and skin were closed with a running suture. The pig was euthanized on Day 14 and the implant site was harvested for histologic evaluation.
    • Results
  • The mesh with adhesive was completely adhered bilaterally throughout its length. The mesh uniformly alternated between areas of artificial separation (adhesive-coated region) to areas with no separation (mesh with no coating). By 14 days, regions with no adhesive coating demonstrated significant scar plate formation, ingrowth of fibroplasia with collagen deposition, and a foreign body response to the prosthetic surface of the mesh, whereas the adhesive-coated region was start to show signs of ingrowth (FIGS. 247-249). The patterning strategy allow adhesive to secure the mesh in place immediately after surgery, while allowing cellular infiltration to occur in the region not coated with the adhesive. With time, tissue ingrowth into the uncoated region of mesh secures the mesh in place as the adhesive degrades and loses its strength.
    • Experimental Example 10 Thin Film Adhesives Coated on Biotape
  • Addhesive-coated BioTape was observed using a high resolution scanning electron microscope (SEM) (LEO 1530) which uses a Schottly-type field-emission electron source. No fixation procedures were applied to the specimens. Small, square pieces (about 1×1 cm) were affixed to aluminum mounts with double sided carbon tape, stored in a desiccator and gold coated (60/40 gold/palladium alloy approx. 10-20 nm) in a SeeVac Auto conductavac IV sputter coater. SEM was used to collect profile and surface images of Medhesive-096-coated BioTape.
  • FIGS. 250-257 show SEM images of the Medhesive-096-coated BioTape. FIG. 250 shows a low magnification image showing the top adhesive surface of Medhesive-096. FIGS. 251 and 252 show a low magnification image showing the edge of the adhesive surface against BioTape. FIG. 253 shows a SEM image of the adhesive surface at increasing magnification. This section exhibits the smooth layer of adhesive conforming to the rough texture of BioTape. FIGS. 254-257 show SEM images showing the adhesive/BioTape interface in cross-section at increasing magnification. Nanoscale fiber orientation of BioTape is observed. Porosity is observed in FIG. 255.
    • Experimental Example 13 Synthesis of PCL1.25k-diSA
  • 10 g of polycaprolactone-diol (PCL-diol, MW=1,250, 8 mmol), were added to 8 g of succinic anhydride (SA, 80 mmol), 6.4 mL of pyridine (80 mmol), and 100 mL of chloroform in a round bottom flask (250 mL). The solution was refluxed in a 75-85° C. oil bath with Ar purging for overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and 100 mL of chloroform was added. The mixture was washed successively with 100 mL each of 12.1 mM HCl, saturated NaCl, and deionized water. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and then the volume of the mixture was reduced by half by rotary evaporator. After pouring the mixture into 800 mL of a 1:1 hexane and diethyl ether, the polymer was allowed to precipitate at 4° C. for overnight. The polymer was collected and dried under vacuum to yield 8.1 g of PCL1.25k-diSA. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 12.2 (s, 1H, COOH—), 4.1 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 4.0 (s, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)4—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.6 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 3.3 (s, 2H, —CH2—PCL6—SA), 2.3 (t, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.5 (m, 24H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.3 (m, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH). Similarly, PCL2k-diSA was synthesized using the procedure with 2,000 MW PCL-diol.
    • Experimental Example 14 Synthesis of PCL2k-diGly
  • 10 g of polycaprolactone-diol (5 mmole, MW 2000) with 2.63 g of Boc-Gly-OH (15 mmole) was dissolved in 60 mL chloroform and purged with argon for 30 minutes. 3.10 g of DCC (15 mmole) and 61.1 mg of DMAP (0.5 mmole) were added to the reaction mixture and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight with argon purging. The solution was filtered into 400 mL of diethyl ether along with 40 mL of chloroform. The precipitate was collected through filtration and dried under vacuum to yield 4.30 g of PCL2k-di-BocGly. A Boc protecting group on PCL2k-di-BocGly was removed by reacting the polymer in 14.3 mL of chloroform and 14.3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid for 30 minutes. After precipitation twice in ethyl ether, the polymer was dried under vacuum to yield 3.13 g of PCL2k-diGly. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3/TMS): δ 4.2 (m, 4H, CH2NH2—) 4.0 (t, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.8 (t, 2H, O—CH2CH2—O—CO—PCL), 3.6 (t, 2H, O—CH2CH2—O—CO—PCL), 2.3 (t, 16H, O—CH2CH2—O—CO—CH2(CH2)4—OCO), 1.7 (m, 32H, O—CH2CH2—O—CO—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—OCO), 1.3 (m, 16H, O—CH2CH2—O—CO—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—OCO). PCL1.25k-diGly was synthesized using the similar procedure while using 1,250 MW PCL-diol.
    • Experimental Example 15 Synthesis of PEG10k-(SA)4
  • 100 g of 4-armed PEG-OH (10,000 MW); 40 mmol —OH), and 20 g of succinic anhydride (200 mmol) were dissolved with 1 L chloroform in a round bottom flask equipped with a condensation column. 16 mL of pyridine were added and refluxed the mixture in a 75° C. oil bath with Ar purging for overnight. The polymer solution was cooled to room temperature, and washed successively with equal volume of 12 mM HCl, nanopure water, and saturated NaCl solution. The organic layer was then dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The polymer was precipitated from diethyl ether and the collected. The precipitate was dried under vacuum to yield 75 g PEG10k-(SA)4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.28 (s, 2H, PEG-CH2—O—C(O)—CH2), 3.73-3.63 (m, PEG), 2.58 (s, 4H, PEG-CH2—O—C(O)—C2H4—COOH). PEG10k-(GA)4 was synthesized using the similar procedure while using glutaric anhydride instead of succinic anhydride.
    • Experimental Example 16 Synthesis of Medhesive-132
  • 50 grams of PEG10k-(SA)4 were dissolved in 200 mL of DMF with 10.35 grams of PCL2k-diglycine, and 1.83 g of Dopamine-HCl in a round bottom flask. HOBt (3.24 g), HBTU (9.125 g), and Triethylamine (4.65 mL) were dissolved in 200 mL of chloroform and 300 mL of DMF. The HOBt/HBTU/Triethylamine solution was added dropwise to the PEG/PCL/Dopamine reaction over a period of 30-60 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 24 hours. 1.11 g of Dopamine and 1.01 mL Triethylamine were added to the reaction and stirred for 4 hours. The solution was filtered into diethyl ether and placed at 4° C. for 4-24 hours. The precipitate was vacuum-filtrated and dried under vacuum for 4-24 hours. The polymer was disolved in 400 mL of 50 mM HCl and 400 mL of methanol. This was then filtered using coarse filter paper and dialyzed in 10 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days with changing of the water at least 12 times. The solution was then freeze dried and placed under a vacuum for 4-24 hours. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.7-8.5 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), 7.9 (d, 2H, C6H3(OH)2—), 6.5(dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—CH2—CH2—CONH—CH2—CH2—O—), 4.1 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—), 4.0 (s, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)4—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.6 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 3.3 (s, 2H, —CH2—PCL6), 2.3 (t, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3—CH2—O )6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.5 (m, 32H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.3 (m, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH). UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.165±0.024 μmole Dopmaine/mg polymer (2.50±0.35 wt % Dopamine).
    • Experimental Example 17 Synthesis of Medhesive-0136
  • 20.02 grams of PEG10k-(SA)4 were dissolved in 80 mL of DMF with 2.71 grams of PCL1.25k-diglycine, and 0.73 g of Dopamine-HCl in a round bottom flask. HOBt (1.30 g), HBTU (3.65 g), and Triethylamine (1.86 mL) were dissolved in 80 mL of chloroform and 120 mL of DMF. The HOBt/HBTU/Triethylamine solution was added dropwise to the PEG/PCL/Dopamine reaction over a period of 30-60 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 24 hours. 0.445 g of Dopamine and 0.403 mL Triethylamine were added to the reaction and stirred for 4 hours. This solution was filtered into diethyl ether and place at 4° C. for 4-24 hours. The precipitate was vacuum filtrated and dried under vacuum for 4-24 hours. The polymer was dissolved in 160 mL of 50 mM HCl and 160 mL of methanol. This was then filtered using coarse filter paper and dialyzed in 10 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days with changing of the water at least 12 times. The solution was then freeze dried and placed under a vacuum for 4-24 hours. After drying, 1H NMR and UV-VIS were used to determine purity and coupling efficiency of the catechol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.7-8.6 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), 7.9 (d, 2H, C6H3(OH)2—), 6.5-6.6 (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—CH2—CH2—CONH—CH2—CH2—O—), 4.1 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 4.0 (s, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)4—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.6 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 3.3 (s, 2H, —CH2—PCL6—SA), 2.3 (t, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.5 (m, 24H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.3 (m, 12H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)6CO—CH2—CH2—COOH). UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.254±0.030 μmole Dopamine/mg polymer (3.86±0.45 wt % Dopamine).
    • Experimental Example 18 Synthesis of Medhesive-137
  • 50 g of 10K, 4-arm PEG-OH (5 mmole) were combined with toluene (300 mL) in a 2000 mL round bottom flask equipped with a condenser, Dean-Stark Apparatus and Argon inlet. While purging with argon, the mixture was stirred in a 140-150° C. oil bath until 150 mL of toluene was removed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and 53 mL (100 mmole) of the 20% phosgene solution in toluene was added. The mixture was further stirred at 50-60° C. for 4 hours while purged with argon while using a 20 Wt % NaOH in a 50/50 water/methanol trap. Toluene was removed via rotary evaporation with a 20 Wt % NaOH solution in 50/50 water/methanol in the collection trap. The polymer was dried under vacuum for overnight. 3.46 g (30 mmole) of NHS and 375 mL of chloroform were added to PEG and the mixture was purge with argon for 30 minutes. 4.2 ml (30 mmole) of triethylamine in 50 mL chloroform were added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stir with argon purging for 4 hours. After which, 2.3 g (11 mmole) of 3-methoxytyramine hydrochloride (MT) in 100 mL of DMF and 1.54 μl (11 mmole) of triethylamine was added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. 12 g (5 mmole) of PCL2k-diGly were added and then another 800 mL of DMF and 1.4 mL of triethylamine were added to the mixture, which was further stirred for overnight. 0.72 g (3.5 mmole) of 3-methoxytyramine hydrochloride was added to cap the reaction along with 0.49 ml of triethylamine. The mixture was precipitated in ethyl 9 L of 50:50 ethyl ether and hexane, and the collected precipitated was dried under vacuum. The crude polymer was dissolved in 700 mL of methanol and dialyzed (15000 MWCO) in 10 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days. Lyophilization yielded the 45g of Medhesive-137. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.7 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)—), 7.6 (t, 1H, —PCL-O—CH2—CH2—NHCOO—CH2—CH2—O—)), 7.2 (t, 1H, —CH2—CH2—NHCOO—CH2—CH2—O—)), 6.7 (d, 1H, C6H3—) 6.6 (s, 1H, C6H3—) 6.5 (s, 1H, C6H3—) 4.1-4.0 (m, 32H, OOC(CH2)4CH2—O), 3.8 (s, 3H, C6H3(OCH3)), 3.8-3.3 (m, 224H, PEG), 3.1 (m, 2H, C6H3CH2CH2), 2.6 (t, 2H, C6H3CH2CH2), 2.3 (t, 32H, OOCCH2(CH2)4—), 1.5 (m, 64H, —OOCCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—), 1.3 (m, 32H, OOCCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—). MT Wt %=2.97%; PCL Wt %=15.6%. UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.171±0.002 μmole MT/mg polymer (3.1±0.03 wt % MT).
    • Experimental Example 19 Synthesis of Medhesive-138
  • The procedure for synthesizing Medhesive-137 was used in the preparation of Medhesive-138 while using 3,4-dimethoxyphenylamine (DMPA) instead of 3-methoxytyramine hydrochloride. UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.215±0.005 μmole DMPA/mg polymer (3.9±0.09 wt % DMPA).
    • Experimental Example 20 Synthesis of Medhesive-139
  • The procedure for Medhesive-132 was used in the synthesis of Medhesive-139 while using PEG10k-(GA)4 instead of PEG10k-(SA)4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.7-8.6 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), 7.9 (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—CH2—CH2—CONH—CH2—CH2—O—), 6.5-6.6 (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), 4.1 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 4.0 (s, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)4—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.6 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—), 2.3 (t, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.5 (m, 32H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.2-1.4 (m, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH). UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.155±0.005 μmole Dopamine/mg polymer (2.36±0.08 wt % Dopamine).
    • Experimental Example 21 Synthesis of Medhesive-140
  • 26.25 grams of PEG10k-(GABA)4 were dissolved in 100 mL of DMF with 5.54 grams of PCL2k-diSA, and 1.14 g of DOHA in a round bottom flask. HBTU (4.74 g) and Triethylamine (2.42 mL) were dissolved in 100 mL of chloroform and 150 mL of DMF. The HBTU/Triethylamine solution was added dropwise to the PEG/PCL/DOHA reaction over a period of 30-60 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 24 hours. 0.69 g of DOHA and 0.525 mL Triethylamine were added to the reaction and stirred for 4 hours. This solution was filtered into diethyl ether and place at 4° C. for 4-24 hours. The precipitate was vacuum filtered and dried under vacuum for 4-24 hours. The polymer was dissolved in 400 mL of methanol. This was then filtered using coarse filter paper and dialyzed in 5 L of water at pH 3.5 for 2 days with changing of the water at least 12 times. The solution was then freeze dried and placed under a vacuum for 4-24 hours. After drying, 1 H NMR and UV-VISwere used to determine purity and coupling efficiency of the catechol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.7-8.6 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—),7.9 (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—CH2—CH2—CONH—CH2—CH2—O—), 6.5-6.6 (dd, 1H, C6H3(OH)2—), 4.1 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—) 4.0 (s, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)4—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 3.6 (s, 2H, PCL-CO—CH2—CH2—COOH—), 2.3 (t, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—(CH2)3—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.5 (m, 32H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH), 1.2-1.4 (m, 16H, O—(CO—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—O)8CO—CH2—CH2—COOH). UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.237±0.023 μmole DOHA/mg polymer (39.1±0.38 wt % DOHA).
    • Experimental Example 22 Synthesis of PEG10k-(GABA)4
  • 150 g of PEG-OH (10,000 MW, 15 mmol) were combined with 300 mL of toluene in a 1 L round bottom flask equipped with a Dean-Stark apparatus, condensation column, and an Argon inlet. The mixture was stirred in a 160° C. in an oil bath with Argon purging until 70-80% of the toluene had been evaporated and collected. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. 350 mL of chloroform along with 36.6 g (180 mmol) of N-Boc-gamma-aminobutyric acid (Boc-GABA-OH) dissolved in 325 mL of chloroform were added to the reaction mixture. 37.1 g (180 mmol) of DCC and 733 mg (6 mmol) of DMAP were added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was stirred under Argon for overnight. The insoluble urea was filtered through vacuum filtration and the resulting mixture was filtered into 3.75 L of ether and the precipitate was collected through vacuum filtration and dried under vacuum for 22 hours. A total of 145.5 g of material was collected and was dissolved in 290 mL of chloroform. 290 mL of trifluoroacetic acid were added slowly to the reaction mixture and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. The polymer solution was reduced to half through rotary evaporation. The solution was then added to 3L of ether and placed at 3-5 C for 20 hours. The precipitate was dried under vacuum for 48 hours. A total of 156 g of material was obtained and dissolved in 1560 mL of nanopure water. The solution was then suction filtered and dialyzed (2000 MWCO) against 10 L of nanopure water for 4 hours followed by acidified water (pH 3.5) for 44 hours. The solution was then dialyzed against nanopure water for 4 hours. The solution was filtered and lyophilized to yield 83.5 g of PEG10k-(GABA)4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.2 (m, 2H, PEG-CH2—OC(O)—CH2—), 3.8-3.4 (m, 224H, PEG), 3.0 (t, 2H, PEG-OC(O)—CH2CH2CH2—NH2), 2.5 (t, 2H, PEG-OC(O)—CH2CH2CH2—NH2), 1.9 (t, 2H, PEG-OOC—CH2CH2CH2—NH2).
    • Experimental Example 23 Synthesis of Medhesive-141
  • 26.22 g (2.5 mmol) of PEG10k-(GABA)4, 5.5 g (2.5 mmol) of PCL2k-diSA, and 1.228 g (6.25 mmol) of hydroferulic acid (HF) were dissolved in 100 mL of DMF. 4.74 g (12.5 mmol) of HBTU and 2.42 mL of triethylamine (17.4 mmol) were dissolved in 150 mL of DMF and 100 mL of chloroform. The HBTU and triethylamine solution was added to an addition funnel and was added dropwise to the PEG10k-(GABA)4, PCL2k-diSA, and hydroferulic acid solution over a period of 40 minutes. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. 747 mg (3.8 mmol) of hydroferulic acid were added to the reaction along with 0.525 mL (3.77 mmol) of triethylamine. The reaction was allowed to stir an additional 4 hours. The reaction was gravity filtered into 2.2 L of a 1:1 ether/hexane mix. The solution was then placed at 4° C. for 18 hours. The precipitate was suction filtered and dried under vacuum for 48 hours. The precipitate was then dissolved in400 mL of methanol and placed in 15000 MWCO dialysis tubing. The mixture was dialyzed against 5 L of acidified nanopure water for 44 hours with changing of the dialysate 10 times. The solution was then dialyzed against 5 L of nanopure water for 4 hours with changing of the solution 4 times. The solution was suction filtered, frozen in a lyophilizer flask, and freeze dried. 27.3 g of Medhesive-141 were obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO/TMS): δ 8.6 (s, 1H, C6H3(OH)—), 7.9 (t, 1H, —PCL-O—CH2—CH2—NHCO—CH2—CH2—O—)), 7.8 (t, 1H, —CH2—CH2—NHCO—CH2—CH2—O—)), 6.7 (d, 1H, C6H3—), 6.6 (s, 1H, C6H3—), 6.5 (s, 1H, C6H3—), 4.1 (m, 2H, PEG-CH2—OOC-GABA), 4.0 (m, 2H, PEG-CH2—OOC-GABA), 3.9 (m, 2H, O—CH2(CH2)4—COO—), 3.7 (s, 3H, C6H3(OCH3) 3.4 (m, 224H, PEG), 3.0 (t, 2H, PEG-OC(O)—CH2CH2CH2—NH2), 2.7 (t, 2H C6H3CH2CH2), 2.5 (t, 2H, PEG-OC(O)—CH2CH2CH2—NH2), 2.3 (m, 4H, NHOC—CH2CH2COO—PCL), 2.3 (m, 32H, —(CH2)4CH2COO—), 1.6 (m, 2H, PEG-OOC—CH2CH2CH2NH—), 1.6 (m, 64H, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2COO—), 1.3 (m, 32H, CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2COO—): HF Wt %=2.63%; PCL Wt %=17.5%. UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.156±0.011 μmole HF/mg polymer.
    • Experimental Example 24 Synthesis of Medhesive-142
  • The same procedure for Medhesive-141 was used except instead of hydroferulic acid, 3,4-dimethoxyhydrocinnamic acid (DMHA) was used. UV-vis spectroscopy: 0.180±0.007 μmole DMHA/mg polymer.
    • Experimental Example 25 Method for Coating Adhesive Onto Mesh Using Solvent Casting
  • The adhesive polymers were dissolved at 5-15 wt % in chloroform, methanol, or mixture of these solvents. The polymer solutions were solvent casted over a mesh sandwiched between a PTFE mold (80 mm×40 mm or 80 mm×25 mm) and a release liner. The PTFE is sealed with double sided tape or PTFE films with the same dimensions as the mold. Typical polymer coating density is between 60 and 240 g/m2. The solvent was evaporated in air for 30-120 minutes and further dried with vacuum.
    • Experimental Example 26 Method for Preparing Stand-Alone Thin-Film
  • A stand alone film was assembled by solvent casting a polymer solution onto a release liner with a PTFE mold using similar parameters and conditions as the solvent casting method above. The solvent was evaporated in air for 30-120 minutes and further dried with vacuum.
    • Experimental Example 27 Method for Coating Adhesive Onto Mesh Using a Heat-Press
  • A stand-alone thin-film adhesive was pressed against a mesh between two glass plates using clamps. The samples were placed in an oven (55° C.) for 20-120 minutes to yield the adhesive-coated mesh.
    • Experimental Example 28 Method for Preparing Oxidant Embedded Stand-Alone Thin-Film
  • A stand-alone thin-film was made by solvent casting a non-reactive polymer (i.e., Medhesive-138, Medhesive-142) solution with oxidant (i.e. NaIO4) onto a release liner with a PTFE mold using similar parameters and conditions as the solvent casting method. The solvent was evaporated at 37° C. for 30-120 minutes and dried under vacuum.
    • Experimental Example 29 Method for Preparing Multilayered Adhesive-Coated Mesh Embedded With Oxidant
  • An oxidant embedded stand-alone thin-film is heat pressed over a mesh coated with adhesive in between two clamped glass plates. The samples are placed in the oven at 55° C. for 10-60 minutes and placed in the freezer for 5-30 minutes. The samples are then dried under vacuum.
    • Experimental Example 30 Method for Lap Shear Adhesion Testing
  • Lap shear adhesion tests were performed following ASTM procedures (ASTM F2392). Both the adhesive coated-mesh and the test substrates were cut into 2.5 cm×3 cm strips unless stated otherwise. The adhesive was activated through spraying of 20 mg/mL solution of NaIO4 (PBS was added to NaIO4 embedded samples) prior to bringing the adhesive into contact with the test substrate. The adhesive joint was compressed with a 100 g weight for 10 min, and further conditioned in PBS (37° C.) for another hour prior to testing. The adhesives were pulled to failure at 10 mm/min using a universal tester.
    • Experimental Example 31 Method for In Vitro Degradation
  • Adhesive coated meshes are cured using 20 mg/mL NaIO4 solution and then incubated in PBS (pH 7.4) at either 37 or 55° C. At a predetermined time point, the samples are dried with vacuum and weighed. The mass loss overtime is then reported.
    • Experimental Example 32 Degradation Profile of Medhesive-132
  • Medhesive-132 coated on a PE mesh completely degraded with 3-4 days of incubation in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37° C. (FIG. 258). When incubated at a higher temperature (55° C.), Medhesive-132 films completely dissolve within 24 hours. Although Medhesive-132 has a similar PCL content (˜20 wt %) as Medhesive-096, Medhesive-096 lost only 12% of its original mass over 120 days. This indicates that hydrolysis occurs at a faster rate for the ester bond linking PEG and succinic acid than those within the PCL block. PEG is more hydrophilic than PCL and increased water uptake resulted in faster degradation rate.
    • Experimental Example 33 Performance of Adhesive-Coated on PTFE Mesh
  • Adhesive formulations were coated onto PTFE (Motif) mesh using solvent casting method (FIG. 259) and lap shear adhesion test was performed (FIGS. 260 and 261). Adhesive formulations were blended with either 4-armed PEG-PLA or PEG-PCL up to 20wt %. PTFE treated with ammonium plasma for 3 min prior to coating resulted in higher peak stress value for Medhesive-096.
    • Experimental Example 34 Performance of Adhesive Coated on Polyester Mesh
  • Various adhesives were solvent casted on to PETKM2002 polyester (PE) mesh (0.5 mm pore, 30 g/m2) and a lap shear adhesion test was performed (Table 13.). The adhesives demonstrated strong water-resistant adhesive properties to bovine pericardium. The maximum shear strengths measured were between 56 and 78 kPa.
  • TABLE 13
    Lap shear result of adhesive-coated on
    PETKM2002 PE mesh*
    Maximum Strength (pKa)
    Number
    Adhesive Type Average St. Dev. of repeat
    Medhesive-139 56.2 20.9 30
    Medhesive-140 77.7 25.9 17
    Medhesive-141 57.4 27.3 12
    *240 g/m2 coating density
    • Experimental Example 35 Performance of Adhesive Coated on Polypropylene Mesh
  • Stand-alone thin-film adhesives were heat-pressed onto NovaSilk polypropylene (PP) mesh at a coating density of 240 g/m2 and lap shear adhesion test was performed (Table 14.). Medhesive-096 formulations often fail at the adhesive-tissue interface. On the other hand, Medhesive-054+20 wt % PEG-PLA demonstrate a maximum load of 5.5±0.8 pounds of force prior to complete rupture of the adhesive joint. In most cases, this formulation resulted in failure of the synthetic mesh material prior to failure for the adhesive.
  • TABLE 14
    Lap shear result of adhesive-coated on NovaSilk PP mesh*
    PEG- Maximum Load Maximum Strength
    PLA (Lbf) (pKa)
    Adhesive Type (wt %) Average St. Dev. Average St. Dev.
    Medhesive-054 0 3.3 0.6 12 2.0
    Medhesive-054 20 5.5 0.8 19 3.0
    Medhesive-096 0 3.5 0.7 12 2.2
    Medhesive-096 20 2.2 0.7 7.5 2.5
    *240 g/m2 coating density; contact area = 500-600 mm2; pulled at 5 mm/min.
    • Experimental Example 36 Performance of Oxidant-Embedded PE Mesh
  • Oxidant embedded films were tested for adhesion using PETKM2002 PE mesh (Table 15.). The adhesive films were coated with 240 g/m2 of adhesive film on one side of PE mesh and 120 g/m2 of none-reactive film on the other side, which is embedded with NaIO4. The formulations were activated by applying moisture (PBS) to both sides of the mesh while in contact with tissue.
  • TABLE 15
    Lap shear result of adhesive-coated on PE mesh*
    Maximum
    Strength
    (pKa)
    Adhesive Layer Non-reactive Layer Average St. Dev.
    Medhesive-137 Medhesive-138 88.0 32.2
    Medhesive-141 Medhesive-142 104 26.4
    • Experimental Example 37 Polymers With Improved Adhesive and Mechanical Properties
  • TABLE 16
    Composition of adhesive polymers
    Polymer Composition (wt %)
    Adhesive 1H NMR UV-vis Catechol
    Polymer PEG PCL Catechol Catechol Type
    Medhesive-054 84.0 13.4 2.6 3.1 ± 0.30 DOHA
    Medhesive-096 76.6 20.6 2.8 3.4 ± 0.11 Dopamine
    Medhesive-105 87.8 8.9 3.3 3.9 ± 0.14 Dopamine
    Polymer Composition (wt %) GPC
    Adhesive 1H NMR UV-vis Catechol Molecular
    Polymer PEG PCL Catechol Catechol Type Weight (Mw) PD*
    Medhesive-054 84.0 13.4 2.6 3.1 ± 0.30 DOHA 217,000 3.42
    Medhesive-096 76.6 20.6 2.8 3.4 ± 0.11 Dopamine — —
    Medhesive-105 87.8 8.9 3.3 3.9 ± 0.14 Dopamine — —
    *Polydispersity (PD) = Weight average molecular weight (Mw)/number average molecular weight (Mn)
  • Three adhesive polymers were synthesized and their feasibility was assessed as an adhesive coating for biologic meshes. The polymers' representative structure and chemical compositions are shown in FIG. 262 and Table 16, respectively. The adhesive polymers are amphiphilic polymers constructed from hydrophilic polyethylene glycol (PEG) and hydrophobic polycaprolactone (PCL). The presence of PEG allows the adhesive polymer to remain relatively hydrophilic in order to achieve good “wetting” or adhesive contact with a biologic mesh or substrate. The hydrophobic PCL segments increase cohesive strength, prevent rapid dissolution of the film in the presence of water, and reduces the rate of degradation. As the Medhesive polymers degrade, they generate biocompatible degradation products (PEG and 6-hydroxyhexanoic acid). The polymers are modified with DOPA derivatives, dopamine and 3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid (DOHA), which serve as the adhesive moiety for interfacial binding, as well as for solidifying the adhesive film when an oxidant is introduced. The catechol accounts for approximately 3-4 wt %.
    • Experimental Example 38 Characterization of Adhesive Polymer Films
  • TABLE 17
    Equilibrium swelling of the adhesive films
    Loading Swollen Film Extent of
    Adhesive Density Weight % Thickness Swelling
    Polymer (g/m2)# PCL (μm)$ (Ws − Wi/Wi)*
    Medhesive- 23 0 263 ± 9.64 9.8 ± 0.90
    054 46 0 368 ± 4.58 7.2 ± 0.61
    46 30 260 ± 40.1 4.2 ± 0.50
    Medhesive- 23 0 189 ± 4.51 7.0 ± 0.20
    096 46 0 261 ± 11.9 5.0 ± 0.20
    46 30 209 ± 6.66 4.2 ± 0.20
    #Amount of polymer used to form the dry film in mass per unit area of the mold
    $Measured with micrometer
    *For each polymer type, the mean values for each test article are significantly different from each other (p < 0.05)
  • Adhesive polymers were cast into films by the slow evaporation of methanol or chloroform in a mold. Their percent swelling, tensile mechanical properties, and in vitro degradation profiles were determined. For each test, the films were cured by the addition of a sodium periodate (NaIO4) solution. Additionally, PCL-triol (30 wt %) was formulated into the adhesive film to determine the effect of added PCL content on the physical and mechanical properties of the adhesives. The equilibrium swelling of the adhesive films in phosphate buffered saline (PBS, pH 7.4, 37° C., 24 hours) was calculated by the equation, (Ws−Wi)/Wi, where Wi and Ws are the weights of the dry and swollen films measured before and after the swelling experiment, respectively. As shown in Table 17 the degree of swelling is affected by the composition of the adhesive formulation, as well as by the loading density (mass of polymer per unit area of the mold) of the films. For example, higher PCL content in Medhesive-096 (21 wt %) resulted in less swelling compared to Medhesive-054 (13 wt %). When PCL-triol was added to both polymers, the formulations exhibited significantly less swelling. The water uptake is related to the hydrophobicity of the films. In addition to PCL content, the polymer loading density also affected the extent of swelling, with films formed with half the loading density absorbing 1.4 times more water. The loading density affected the cross-linking density of the film, which is inversely proportional to the degree of swelling. (Lee, B. P., J. L. Dalsin, and P. B. Messersmith, Synthesis and Gelation of DOPA-Modified Poly(ethylene glycol) Hydrogels. Biomacromol., 2002. 3(5): p. 1038-47.)
  • Determination of the tensile mechanical properties of the adhesives was based on American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D638 protocols. (ASTM-D638, ASTM D638-08 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 2008.) Tensile tests on dog-bone shaped films (9.53 mm gauge length, 3.80 mm gauge width, and 12.7 mm fillet radius, swollen in PBS (pH 7.4) for 1 hr) were performed and the maximum tensile strength was measured. Both the Young's modulus and toughness were also determined, based on the initial slope and area under the stress-strain curve, respectively. As shown in Table 18. the mechanical
  • TABLE 18
    Tensile properties of swollen adhesive films
    Figure US20160346424A1-20161201-C00002
    Vertical lines = statistically equivalent; p > 0.05

    properties of the film were affected by the PCL content. For example, Medhesive-096 demonstrated significantly higher tensile strength and toughness (251±21.2 kPa, and 266±29.1 kJ/m3, respectively), compared to Medhesive-054 (168±31.0 kPa and 167±38.6 kJ/m3). Strength and toughness values for Medhesive-096 formulated with the addition of 30 wt % of PCL-triol were greater (357±37.5 kPa and 562±93.1 kJ/m3, respectively), indicating that the mechanical properties of these adhesives are modulated by blending them with compounds that impart the desired characteristics. The toughness more than doubled with the addition of PCL-triol to Medhesive-096. Elevated film toughness correlates with high lap shear adhesion strength. (da Silva, L. F. M., T. N. S. S. Rodrigues, M. A. V. Figueiredo, M. F. S. F. de Moura, and J. A. G. Chousal, Effect of Adhesive Type and Thickness on the Lap Shear Strength J. Adh., 2006. 82: p. 1091-1115.) The addition of PCL-triol increased the cross-linking density in the film, which resulted in the observed increase in mechanical properties. The increase in cross-linking density did not result in brittle films as shown in the elevated strain values.
  • In vitro degradation was determined by monitoring the mass loss of the adhesive films incubated in PBS (pH 7.4) over time at 55° C. to accelerate the degradation process (FIG. 263). Medhesive-054 lost over 26±3.2% of its original dry mass over one month, while the more hydrophobic Medhesive-096 demonstrated a slower rate of degradation (12±2.0% mass loss). Hydrolysis was also performed at 37° C. where these films lost over 13±2.9% (Medhesive-054) and 4.0±2.3% (Medhesive-096) after 18 and 20 days of incubation, respectively. Since the adhesive films degrade largely through hydrolysis, more water uptake by Medhesive-054 films (corroborated with elevated swelling) resulted in faster degradation.
  • These results demonstrate that the chemical architecture and adhesive formulation play a role in the physical and mechanical properties of the adhesive films. The hydrophobicity of the film has a significant impact on the extent of swelling, which is inversely proportional to the mechanical properties and rate of hydrolysis. By designing the adhesive polymers with different compositions, these properties may be tailored and further refined by blending the polymers with PCL-triol.
    • Experimental Example 39 Adhesive Formulations With Bovine Pericardium Mesh
  • To test the feasibility of adhesive compounds for hernia repair, an adhesive-coated mesh using bovine pericardium as a support material was evaluated. This biomaterial was chosen because it is an inexpensive and readily abundant extracellular matrix with suitable mechanical properties (tensile strength of 41±9.8 N/cm). Additionally, several acellular bovine pericardium-based products (e.g., Veritas®, Synovis Surgical Innovations; Tutomesh®, RTI Biologics) are approved by the FDA for soft tissue reconstruction. (Santillan-Doherty, P., R. Jasso-Victoria, A. Sotres-Vega, R. Olmos, J. L. Arreola, D. Garcia, B. Vanda, M. Gaxiola, A. Santibanez, S. Martin, and R. Cabello, Thoracoabdominal wall repair with glutaraldehyde-preserved bovine pericardium. Journal of investigative surgery: the official journal of the Academy of Surgical Research, 1996. 9(1): p. 45-55., Burger, J. W. A., J. A. Halm, A. R. Wijsmuller, S. ten Raa, and J. Jeekel, Evaluation of new prosthetic meshes for ventral hernia repair. Surgical endoscopy, 2006. 20(8): p. 1320-5., Lo Menzo, E., J. M. Martinez, S. A. Spector, A. Iglesias, V. Degennaro, and A. Cappellani, Use of biologic mesh for a complicated paracolostomy hernia. American journal of surgery, 2008. 196(5): p. 715-9.) To coat the adhesive film onto bovine pericardium, a hydrated segment of pericardium was placed in a template (91 mm×91 mm). A polymer solution in methanol or chloroform was added and allowed to slowly evaporate in a 37° C. oven for at least one hour. The samples were further dried in a vacuum desiccator for at least 24 hours. Procedures from ASTM standards were used to perform lap shear (ASTM F2255) (ASTM-F2255, Standard Test Method for Strength Properties of Tissue Adhesives in Lap-Shear by Tension Loading. 2003.) and burst strength (ASTM F2392) (ASTM-F2392, Standard Test Method for Burst Strength of Surgical Sealants 2004.) tests (FIG. 264). The adhesive coated-pericardium segments were cut into either 2.5 cm×5 cm strips for lap shear tests or 15 mm-diameter circular samples for burst strength tests. The samples were hydrated in PBS, and a solution of NaIO4 (40 μL) was added to the adhesive on the coated mesh prior to bringing the adhesive into contact with the test substrate, which was also bovine pericardium. The test substrates were shaped into either 2.5 cm×5 cm strips or 40 mm-diameter circles for lap shear and burst strength testing, respectively. A 3 mm-diameter defect was formed in the center of the test substrate for the burst strength test. The adhesive joint was compressed with a 100 g weight for 2 hours, and further conditioned in PBS (37° C.) for another hour prior to testing. Mechanical test conditions included assessing the effect of varying NaIO4 concentrations, polymer loading density, and contact time between the adhesive construct and test substrate. Due to the innate biologic variability of the bovine pericardium, the same batch of pericardium was used for each series of experiments to minimize the variation in the results due to the tissue. The minimum sample size was 6 in each test condition. Statistical assessment was performed using an analysis of variance (ANOVA), pair-wise comparisons with the Tukey test, and a significance level of 0.05.
  • TABLE 19
    Lap shear test results with varying NaIO4
    concentrations#
    Work of
    NaIO4 Maximum adhesion Strain
    Concentration (mg/mL) strength (kPa) (J/m2)% at Failure
    10 9.34 ± 2.89* 22.2 ± 12.3$ 0.489 ± 0.439
    20 46.6 ± 19.3 77.0 ± 26.1$ 0.366 ± 0.0698
    30 42.3 ± 26.1 60.7 ± 34.5 0.315 ± 0.0627
    40 45.0 ± 20.4 60.8 ± 14.6 0.168 ± 0.118
    #Performed using Medhesive-054-coated bovine pericardium
    %Normalized by initial area of contact
    *Significantly different from other test articles (p < 0.05)
    $Significantly different from each other (p < 0.05)
  • TABLE 20
    Adhesion test results with varying polymer loading densities#
    Figure US20160346424A1-20161201-C00003
    #Performed using Medhesive-054-coated bovine pericardium
    %Normalized by initial area of contact
    Vertical lines = statistically equivalent; p > 0.05
  • TABLE 21
    Lap shear test results performed after varying
    contact time#
    Contact Maximum Strength Work of adhesion
    Time (min) (kPa) (J/m2)% Strain at failure
     10 62.0 ± 23.2 89.4 ± 42.1 0.324 ± 0.137
     70* 60.6 ± 33.0  115 ± 43.6 0.479 ± 0.0892
    120* 55.7 ± 19.4 70.0 ± 21.5 0.332 ± 0.0361
    180* 58.2 ± 16.8  134 ± 79.9 0.518 ± 0.155$
    #Performed using Medhesive-054-coated bovine pericardium
    %Normalized by initial area of contact
    *Submerged in PBS at 37° C. for the final 60 min before testing
    $Statistically higher than 10-min contact time (p < 0.05)
  • Using bovine pericardium as the support mesh, NaIO4 concentration and polymer loading density were optimized. As demonstrated in Table 19, both lap shear adhesion strength and work of adhesion, the total amount of energy required to separate the adhesive joint, increased with increasing NaIO4 concentration, but exhibited no further increase when the concentration exceeded 20 mg/mL. Varying the polymer loading density also affected the adhesive properties as shown in Table 20, with higher loading density yielding higher adhesive strengths for both lap shear and burst tests. Additionally, a test was performed to determine the effect of contact time on the strength of the adhesive joints (Table 21.). It was found that the adhesive joint had already reached maximum strength after merely 10 min of contact, suggesting that our adhesive is a fast acting adhesive suitable for surgical repair.
  • Using optimized parameters, the adhesive properties of the bioadhesive constructs were determined and compared to controls: Dermabond®, Tisseel™, and Medhesive-061 (a liquid tissue adhesive). For both burst strength and lap shear adhesion tests (FIGS. 265 and 266, respectively), Dermabond exhibited the highest adhesive strengths, and Medhesive-054 and Medhesive-096 significantly outperformed Medhesive-061 and Tisseel. Additionally, both Medhesive-054 (615±151 mm Hg) and Medhesive-096 (526±49.0 mm Hg), can withstand a pressure that is well above reported physiological intra-abdominal pressures (64-252 mm Hg), (Cobb, W. S., J. M. Burns, K. W. Kercher, B. D. Matthews, N. H. James, and H. B. Todd, Normal intraabdominal pressure in healthy adults. The Journal of Surgical Research, 2005. 129(2): p. 231-5.) indicating that the bioadhesive constructs are of use in hernia repair.
    • Experimental Example 40 Adhesive Properties Adhesive Constructs
  • In addition to bovine pericardium, 3commercially available biologic meshes, Permacol™, CollaMend™, and Surgisis™, were coated with Medhesive-054, and lap shear adhesion tests were performed using hydrated bovine pericardium as the test substrate. Although Dermabond exhibited the highest shear strength, meshes fixed with cyanoacrylate were reported to have reduced tissue integration combined with pronounced inflammatory response. (Fortelny, R. H., A. H. Petter-Puchner, N. Walder, R. Mittermayr, W. Öhlinger, A. Heinze, and H. Redl, Cyanoacrylate tissue sealant impairs tissue integration of macroporous mesh in experimental hernia repair Surgical Endoscopy, 2007. 21(10): p. 1781-1785.) Additionally, cyanoacrylate adhesive significantly reduced the elasticity of the mesh and abdominal wall, and impaired the biomechanical performance of the repair. Due to the release of toxic degradation products (formaldehyde), cyanoacrylates are not approved for general subcutaneous applications in the US. (Sierra, D. and R. Saltz, Surgical Adhesives and Sealants: Current Technology and Applications. 1996, Lancaster, Pa.: Technomic Publishing Company, Inc., Ikada, Y., Tissue adhesives, in Wound Closure Biomaterials and Devices, C. C. Chu, J. A. von Fraunhofer, and H. P. Greisler, Editors. 1997, CRC Press, Inc.: Boca Raton, Fla. p. 317-346.) Medhesive-054 combined with all mesh types outperformed Tisseel by seven- to ten-fold (FIG. 267). Even with weak adhesive strengths, fibrin-based sealants have demonstrated at least some level of success in mesh fixation in vivo, (Topart, P., Vandenbroucke, F., Lozac'h, P., Tisseel vs tack staples as mesh fixation in totally extraperitoneal laparoscopic repair of groin hernias. Surg. Endosc., 2005. 19: p. 724-727., Schwab, R., Willms, A., Kroger, A., Becker, H. P., Less chronic pain following mesh fixation using fibrin sealant in TEP inguinal hernia repair. Hernia, 2006. 10: p. 272-277., Olivier ten Hallers, E. J., Jansen, J. A., Manes, H. A. M., Rakhorst, G., Verkerke, G. J., Histological assessment of titanium and polypropylene fiber mesh implantation with and without fibrin tissue glue. Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part A, 2006: p. 372-380.) which suggests that the adhesive constructs of the present invention have sufficient adhesive properties for hernia repair. While the Medhesive-054 constructs exhibited adhesive strengths that were 30-60% of those of Dermabond, it is possible to further optimize the coating technique or adhesive formulation for each mesh type. As shown in Table 22., the measured coating mass on each mesh type was nearly equivalent. However, the coating thicknesses on both the Permacol and Surgisis meshes were significantly less than that on the CollaMend mesh.
  • TABLE 22
    Coating thickness and weight of Medhesive-054 on each biologic mesh
    Coating Coating
    Thickness Mass
    Mesh Type (μm) (g/m2)
    Permacol 22 66
    CollaMend 86 66
    Surgisis 34 73
    * Difference of averaged values of coated and uncoated meshes (n ≧ 9)
    • Experimental Example 41 Sterilization of Adhesive Compounds
  • To determine the effect of electron-beam (E-beam) irradiation on adhesive polymers a polymer was exposed to 10 kGy E-beam irradiation that did not alter the composition of the adhesive (Table 23.). E-beam sterilization had no effect on the catechol, as the catechol
  • 1H NMR spectrum of phenol (6.2-6.7 ppm) and the maximum absorbance wavelength (
    Figure US20160346424A1-20161201-P00001
    =280 nm, UV-vis) were unchanged. Both the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and polydispersity (PD) of the E-beam-treated polymer increased by 29% and 21%, respectively, indicating that this sterilization method likely resulted in intermolecular cross-linking. However, E-beam irradiation did not have a significant impact on the adhesive performance of Medhesive-054.
  • TABLE 23
    Effect of E-beam sterilization on Medhesive-054
    Polymer Composition (wt %) GPC Lap Shear Adhesion Test#
    Sterilization 1H NMR UV-vis Molecular weight Maximum Strength Work of Adhesion Strain at
    Method PEG PCL Catechol Catechol* (PD) (kPa)* (J/m2)* failure*
    Non-sterile 84.0 13.4 2.5 3.1 ± 0.30 217,000 (3.42) 76.5 ± 21.7 172 ± 68.9 0.57 ± 0.20
    10 kGy 83.4 13.8 2.8 3.5 ± 0.31 280,000 (4.15) 70.1 ± 14.0 138 ± 59.6 0.50 ± 0.32
    *Non-sterile vs. 10 kGy samples not statistically different based on t-test (p > 0.05).
    #Bovine pericardium used as both backing and substrate.
  • Accordingly, at least 3 adhesive polymers were shown to be of use for mesh fixation. The adhesives were cast into films and characterized using a swelling experiment, tensile mechanical test, and in vitro degradation test. Hydrophobicity of a film had the greatest impact on its physical and mechanical properties, which could be tailored by both the composition of the adhesive polymer, and the adhesive formulation through blending the polymer with PCL-triol. Using bovine pericardium as a biologic mesh, a method of coating the adhesives on the mesh was demonstrated. The same coating procedure was used to create bioadhesive constructs with 3 different types of commercially available meshes. Based on the lap shear and burst strength adhesion tests, the bioadhesive constructs demonstrated adhesive properties that are suitable for hernia repair.
    • Experimental Example 42 In Vitro Degradation of Adhesive Compounds
  • Adhesive (240 g/m2) coated PE mesh was activated by spraying 20 mg/mL NaIO4 solutions and cut into 10-mm discs. The samples were incubated in 10-mL phosphate buffered saline (PBS) at 37 and 55° C. The amount of time for the adhesive to completely dissolve was recorded (Table 24.). At a predetermined time point, the samples were dried and weighed to determine mass of the adhesive remaining (FIG. 268).
  • TABLE 24
    Degradation time of adhesive polymers coated on PE mesh
    Temperature Degradation
    Polymer (° C.) Time (Day)
    Medhesive-132 37  3
    55 <1
    Medhesive-139 37 51-58
    55 10-14
    Medhesive-140 37 49-59
    55  9-11
    Medhesive-141 37 42-49
    55  9-11
    Medheisve-141/Medhesive-142 37 63
    with embedded NaIO 4 55 13
    Medhesive-144 37 48
    55 13
    • Experimental Example 43 Cytotoxicity of Adhesive-Coated PE Mesh
  • 15-mm discs of oxidant embedded thin film adhesive (Medhesive-141/Medhesive-142) device were cut and activated by placing over 200 uL EMEM extraction fluid in a glass scintillation vial. Samples were allowed to cure (cross-link) for 10 minutes. The total volume of extraction fluid used was calculated based on a 20 ml/60 cm2 ratio. To simulate patterning, an excess amount of extraction fluid to emulate 50%, 57.1% and 66.7% adhesive coverage was used. Extraction was done at 37° C. for 24 hours and placed over a sub-confluent layer of L929 fibroblasts for 48 hours. Percent viability was then quantified (normalized to negative controls) using the MTT cytotoxicity assay and UV Spectrophotometry at 570 nm wavelength. All samples demonstrated passing grade (>70% cell viability).
  • TABLE 25
    Cytotoxicity of oxidant-embedded films
    M142 barrier M142 carrier NalO4 NalO4 % L929 Cell
    M141 (g/m2) (g/m2) (g/m2) (mg/mL) (g/m2) Viability Pattern
    120 0 120 1.25 1.78 93 no
    120 120 120 1.25 1.78 93 no
    120 120 120 2.5 3.56 90 no
    180 0 120 2.5 3.56 74 no
    240 0 0 0 98, 77, 78 no
    240 0 120 2.5 3.56 91, 72, 88 no
    240 0 120 10 14.24 72 50%
    240 0 120 7.5 10.68 83, 78, 81, 71 50%
    240 0 120 5 7.12 96, 93, 98, 109, 50%
    84
    240 0 120 5 7.12 72, 90 57%
    240 0 120 5 7.12 76, 90 66.70%  
    • Experimental Example 44 Adhesive-Coating on Synthetic Mesh
  • Polymer solutions in either chloroform or methanol were solvent cast onto synthetic mesh at different coating densities (90-240 g/m2). Additionally, both PP and PE meshes of different mesh weights and pore sizes were used, and lap shear adhesion tests were performed. The adhesive-coated meshes demonstrated strong adhesive properties to wetted tissue (bovine pericardium) and reproducibility (Table 26.).
  • TABLE 26
    Lap shear adhesion test results of adhesive-coated synthetic meshes
    Mesh Pore Lap Shear Strength
    Adhesive Mesh Weight Size Average St. Dev. Sample
    Formulation* Type (g/m2) (mm) (kPa) (kPa) CV** Size
    Medhesive-132 PP 25 1.5 × 1.2 39.0 14.1 36.3 28
    Medhesive-132 PP 68 1.0 36.6 12.4 33.8 12
    Medhesive-132 PE 30 0.5 39.7 13.9 35.0 30
    Medhesive-139 PE 30 0.5 56.2 20.9 37.1 30
    Medhesive-140 PE 30 0.5 79.4 28.7 36.1 30
    Medhesive-141 PE 30 0.5 63.6 25.3 39.8 30
    Medhesive-144 PE 30 0.5 41.2 25.2 61.2 30
    *Coating density of 240 g/m2
    **Coefficient of Variation; CV = St. Dev./Average × 100
    • Experimental Example 45 Oxidant Embedding
  • The adhesive layer (Medhesive-137 or Medhesive-141) was solvent cast onto either PE or PP meshes. The non-adhesive layer (Medhesive-138 or Medhesive-142) was cast into a film with embedded oxidant (NaIO4) at 7-14 g/m2 and heat-pressed onto the adhesive-coated mesh to make the bilayer construct (FIG. 269). Alternatively, the adhesive layer was casted first into a film and heat pressed onto the mesh with the non-adhesive film either in one step or in two separate steps (i.e. one layer at a time). The bi-layer films were activated by adding water (i.e. PBS), which hydrates the films and dissolves the embedded oxidant to activate the adhesive. (FIG. 270) Lap shear strength of Medhesive-141/Medhesive-142 (240 and 120 g/m2, respectively) embedded with 14 g/m2 of NaIO4 was determined to be 109±20.4 kPa. (Table 27.)
  • TABLE 27
    Lap shear results of oxidant embedded film at different Medhesive-141
    coating density and NaIO4:hydroferulic acid (HF) molar ratio*
    Med-141 Maximum Lap
    (g/m2) NaIO4/HF Shear Load (CV)
    240 ~3:1 16.99 N (33.72%) 
    240 ~0.75 3.33 N (60.43%)
    210 ~0.85 2.47 N (53.96%)
    180 ~1 7.83 N (85.59%)
    150 ~1.19 6.72 N (75.6%) 
    120 ~1.49 7.23 N (61.95%)
    • Experimental Example 46 Preliminary Sterilization and Shelf Life
  • The effects of 2 sterilization methods, i.e., electron-beam (E-beam) and ethylene oxide (EtO), on the performance of adhesive-coated meshes were determined using lap shear testing on a bovine pericardium substrate (Table 28.). A preliminary shelf-life study was performed on E-beam sterilized samples. There were no statistical differences in terms of lap shear results for storage up to 22 and 35 days for E-beam-sterilized Medhesive-132 and oxidant embedded samples, respectively (Table 29.).
  • TABLE 28
    Effect of sterilization on lap shear strength of adhesive-coated
    synthetic meshes
    Lap Shear Strength
    Adhesive Mesh Sterilization Average St. Dev. Sample
    Formulation Type Method (kPa) (kPa) Size
    Medhesive- PE Non-sterile 88.0 32.3 30
    137/138 E-beam 128 18.2 6
    Oxidant
    Embedded
    Medhesive-132 PE Non-sterile 39.7 13.9 28
    E-beam 44.8 9.43 4
    Medhesive- PP Non-sterile 56.0 11.6 30
    137/138 EtO 30.4 20.8 6
    Oxidant
    Embedded
    Medhesive-132 PP Non-sterile 39.0 14.2 28
    EtO 38.4 16.0 6
  • TABLE 29
    Effect of storage on the lap shear strength of adhesive-
    coated PE meshes
    Lap Shear Strength
    Adhesive Days Post Average St. Dev. Sample
    Formulation Sterilization (kPa) (kPa) Size
    Medhesive- Non-sterile 88.0 32.3 30
    137/138  8 69.7 32.2 8
    Oxidant 35 41.9 12.2 2
    Embedded
    Medhesive-132 Non-sterile 39.7 13.9 30
     2 44.8 9.43 4
    22 69.8 43.0 4
    • Experimental Example 47 Intraperitoneal Implantation of Adhesive-Coated Mesh in a Rabbit Model
  • Bilateral 2.5×2.5 cm segments of adhesive-coated mesh were impanted into the peritoneum of 3 rabbits (4 samples per animal). Adhesive formulations used were Medhesive-139, Medhesive-140, and Medhesive-141 at a coating density of 240 g/m2. A midline abdominal incision was created to expose the peritoneum, and the adhesive-coated meshes were adhered to the peritoneum, activated via brushing of 20 mg/mL of NaIO4 solution. A single stay suture was place on one of the corners to prevent migration. The wound was closed. The rabbits were euthanized on day 7 and the implant site was evaluated for migration, curling, and shrinkage, and then harvested for histologic evaluation. At day 7, all samples remained adhered tightly to the peritoneum with no migration, shrinkage, and curling (FIGS. 271-273). Early scar plate formation was evident. However, the scar plate was immature and would not have been capable of preserving attachment without the presence of the adhesive. Inflammation at the prosthetic surface was driven predominantly by the adhesive with macrophages and foreign body giant cells lining up against the adhesive surface.
    • Experimental Example 48 Extraperitoneal Implantation of Adhesive Mesh With Embedded Oxidant
  • Three samples (Table 30.) of 5×7.5 cm (oval-shaped) adhesive-coated meshes are implanted extraperitoneally in a porcine model (2 pigs). PE mesh is sandwiched between a layer of Medhesive-141 (240 g/m2) and Medhesive-142 (120 g/m2) embedded with oxidant (NaIO4). One of the 3 samples showed patterns of 5-mm circles not coated with Medhesive-141 and Medhesive-142 for rapid tissue ingrowth.
  • TABLE 30
    Samples implanted in the porcine model
    NaIO4
    Concentration
    Sample Adhesive Pattern (g/m2)
    Control No adhesive, Sutured No No
    25015A Yes No 14
    25016A Yes No   7.1
    25014A Yes Yes (75% surface 14 (75% coverage)
    coverage w/
    adhesive)
  • The samples are placed directly on the surgically exposed peritoneal surface of the animal in bilateral rows of 4 each in a discrete tissue pocket between the peritoneum and muscle/fascial layer. (FIGS. 274-277) The medial side of the mesh is marked by placing a surgical staple in the overlying muscle tissue. The dry adhesive-coated meshes are placed in the tissue pocket and held with digital pressure for 5 minutes. The adhesive is activated with the moisture in the tissue, which dissolved and released the oxidant during hydration. Control PE meshes are sutured to peritoneum. The animals are euthanized at days 14 and 28, and the test constructs are subjected to gross, mechanical, and histological evaluation of tissue response and initial tissue ingrowth.
  • At day 14, one pig was euthanized and the implant site was explanted (FIG. 278). An edge of the adhesive construct was separated from the tissue and the construct was pulled with a handheld tensile tester until failure. The tensile load required to separate the patterned adhesive coated mesh from the tissue was 54.6 N, which resulted in mesh failure (dashed line in FIG. 279). The portion of the mesh remaining attached to the tissue was subjected to a second tensile testing, requiring 66.7 N to be fully detached. There was a significant amount of ingrowth in the regions not coated with adhesive with the tissue adherent to the detached mesh (arrows in FIG. 279).
    • Experimental Example 49 Tensile Testing of Adhesive Films
  • Adhesive polymers were cast into films from chloroform at a coating density of 240-480 g/m2. The films were cut into a dog-bone shape, sprayed with 20 mg/mL NaIO4 solution, and allowed to cure for 10 min. After hydration for one hour in PBS at 37° C., the films were pulled to failure at 10 mm/min using a universal tester. Tensile failure testing revealed increased maximum tensile strength with increased coating density, with values within the range of the mechanical properties of the abdominal wall (FIG. 280).
  • Each reference (including, but not limited to, journal articles, U.S. and non-U.S. patents, patent application publications, and international patent application publications) cited in the present application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Claims (21)

We claim:
1. A construct, comprising an adhesive compound and a support wherein said adhesive compound is a multi-hydroxyl phenyl derivative polymer, a multi-methoxy phenyl derivative polymer, a combination multi-hydroxyl and multi-methoxy phenyl derivative polymer, a mono-methoxy and mono-hydroxyl phenyl derivative polymer or a combination thereof wherein said adhesive compound is p(CL1.25kEG10kb-g-DH2), p(CL2kGEG10kb-g-DMu2), p(CL1.25kEG10kb-g-DMu2), p(CL5.6kEG10kb-g-DH2), p(LA4.2kEG10kb-g-DH2), p(CL2kEG10k(SA)b-g-DMe2, p(CL1.25kEG10k(SA)b-g-DMe2), p(CL2kEG1Okb-g-MTu2), p(CL2kEG10kb-g-DMPAu2), p(CL2kEG10k(GA)b-g-DMe2), p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b-g-DHe2), p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b-g-HFe2), p(CL2kEG10k(GABA)b-g-DMHCAe2), p(CL2kEG10k(GA)b-g-MTe2)or a combination thereof.
2. The construct of claim 1, wherein said construct is configured to be affixed to a subject having a hernia.
3. The construct of claim 2, wherein said hernia is a congenital hernia, an acquired hernia, an inguinal hernia, an indirect inguinal hernia, a direct inguinal hernia, a saddle bag hernia, a sliding hernia, an umbilical hernia, a paraumbilical hernia, an incisional hernia, a ventral hernia, a femoral hernia, a Copper's hernia, an epigastric hernia, a Spigelian hernia, a semilunar hernia, a Littre's hernia, a Richter's hernia, a lumbar hernia, a sciatic hernia, a sports hernia, an Amyand's hernia, an anal hernia, a Maydl hernia, a hiatus hernia, a diaphragmatic hernia, a paraesophageal hernia, a perineal hernia, a properitoneal hernia, a mesenteric hernia, an intraparietal hernia, a bilateral hernia, a complicated hernia, an incarcerated hernia, a strangulated hernia, an uncomplicated hernia, a complete hernia, an incomplete hernia, an intracranial hernia, an internal hernia, an external hernia or a combination thereof.
4. The construct of claim 1, wherein said adhesive compound is a liquid, a coating or a film.
5. The construct of claim 1, wherein said polymer is polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer, a polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer, a polylactic acid (PLA) polymer, a polyester polymer, a multiblock polymer or combination thereof.
6. The construct of claim 1, wherein said adhesive compound degrades at a predetermined rate.
7. The construct of claim 1, wherein said adhesive compound is activated in situ.
8. The construct of claim 7, wherein said adhesive compound is activated by water, by saline, by at least one bodily fluid, by temperature, by pH, or by pressure.
9. The construct of claim 1, wherein said adhesive compound comprises an oxidant.
10. The construct of claim 9, wherein said oxidant is embedded within said adhesive compound.
11. The construct of claim 9, wherein said oxidant is applied to said adhesive compound by spraying, brushing or dipping or a combination thereof.
12. The construct of claim 1, wherein said support comprises an adhesive compound polymer, a film polymer, a scaffold, a membrane, a graft, an implant, a mesh or a combination thereof.
13. The construct of claim 1, wherein said support is a synthetic support or a biologic support.
14. The construct of claim 13, wherein said synthetic support comprises a polypropylene support, a polyester support, a condensed polytetrafluoroethylene (cPTFE) support, an expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (cPTFE) support, a polycarbonate polyurethane-urea support, a copolymer of polyglycolide, polyactide and polytrimethylene support, a copolymer polyactide support, a polytrimethylene carbonate support, a polylactic acid (PLA) support, a tyrosine polyarylate support, a polydroxyalkanoate support, a silk-elastin polymer support or a combination thereof.
15. The construct of claim 13, wherein said biologic support comprises a dermis support, a human-derived dermis support, a porcine-derived dermis support, a bovine-derived dermis support, a collagen-containing matrix support, an engineered dermis support, a pericardium support, an extracellular matrix support, or a small intestine submucosa support.
16. The construct of claim 1, wherein said adhesive compound is coated on said support in a predetermined pattern.
17. The construct of claim 16, wherein said pattern comprises at least one region coated with said adhesive compound and at least one region not coated with said adhesive compound.
18. The construct of claim 2, wherein said affixing comprises a tissue adhesive, a suture, a staple, a tack or a combination thereof.
19. The construct of claim 1, wherein said construct comprises an adhesive compound on at least one surface of said support, and a non-adhesive compound on at least one surface of said support.
20. The construct of claim 19, wherein said non-adhesive compound comprises an anti-adhesive compound.
21. The construct of claim 19, wherein said non-adhesive compound comprises an oxidant.
US15/137,293 2010-11-09 2016-04-25 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair Abandoned US20160346424A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/137,293 US20160346424A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2016-04-25 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US41174710P 2010-11-09 2010-11-09
US41574310P 2010-11-19 2010-11-19
US13/292,527 US9320826B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2011-11-09 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair
US15/137,293 US20160346424A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2016-04-25 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/292,527 Continuation US9320826B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2011-11-09 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160346424A1 true US20160346424A1 (en) 2016-12-01

Family

ID=46020337

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/292,527 Active 2033-01-22 US9320826B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2011-11-09 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair
US15/137,293 Abandoned US20160346424A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2016-04-25 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/292,527 Active 2033-01-22 US9320826B2 (en) 2010-11-09 2011-11-09 Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US9320826B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2637707A4 (en)
CA (1) CA2817215C (en)
WO (1) WO2012064821A2 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110029499A (en) * 2019-03-29 2019-07-19 苏州大学附属第二医院 Medical high polymer three-dimensional structure composite material and preparation method
WO2020041557A1 (en) * 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Purdue Research Foundation Protein-based adhesive and its modification
US20220025206A1 (en) * 2020-07-27 2022-01-27 Tohoku University Coated particle, dispersion solution, dispersion method of coated particles, coating film, manufacturing method of coating film, and copolymer
US11613659B2 (en) 2020-08-11 2023-03-28 Yonsei University, University—Industry Foundation (UIF) Antifouling coating composition comprising copolymer, method of preparing the copolymer, and antifouling film manufactured from the antifouling coating composition
WO2023154736A1 (en) * 2022-02-11 2023-08-17 Joon Bu Park Composite positive and negative poisson's ratio tissue adhesives

Families Citing this family (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012064821A2 (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-05-18 Knc Ner Acquisition Sub, Inc. Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair
JP6022761B2 (en) * 2011-12-02 2016-11-09 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Method for producing double-sided adhesive
US8535339B2 (en) 2011-12-18 2013-09-17 Via Surgical Ltd. Apparatus and method for suturing
US9888913B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2018-02-13 Via Surgical Ltd. Variable depth surgical fixation
WO2014018771A1 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-01-30 Knc Ner Acquisition Sub, Inc. Mono-layer thin film adhesive compounds
WO2014062901A1 (en) * 2012-10-18 2014-04-24 Northwestern University Negative-swelling and exceptionally robust adhesive hydrogels
US9919250B2 (en) * 2013-01-31 2018-03-20 The University Of Akron Filters for oil-water separation having zwitterionic polymers coated or grafted thereon
KR101477708B1 (en) * 2013-02-13 2014-12-30 (주)시지바이오 Biological glue composition containing EGF microspheres
WO2014177939A2 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-11-06 Via Surgical Ltd. Surgical tacker with quantity indicator
AU2014242374B9 (en) * 2013-03-14 2018-02-08 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. PEG-based adhesive phenylic derivatives and methods of synthesis and use
AU2014239600B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-11-02 Baxter Healthcare Sa Immobilization of active agent on a substrate
ES2660595T3 (en) 2013-06-07 2018-03-23 Baxter International Inc. Immobilization of an active agent on a substrate using compounds that include trihydroxyphenyl groups
FR3017533B1 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-03-11 Cousin Biotech IMPLANTABLE DEVICE, IN PARTICULAR FOR ABDOMINAL WALL REFECTION
WO2015175665A1 (en) * 2014-05-13 2015-11-19 Dsm Ip Assets B.V. Bioadhesive compounds and methods of synthesis and use
US10106514B2 (en) * 2014-07-28 2018-10-23 The University Of Akron Thermoresponsive polyesters
EP3070133B1 (en) * 2015-03-18 2019-02-20 The Swatch Group Research and Development Ltd. Timepiece or piece of jewellery comprising a surface covered with an epilame agent and method for epilaming such a substrate
JP6767999B2 (en) 2015-04-23 2020-10-14 ヴィーア サージカル リミテッド Surgical fastener delivery and locking mechanism
US10513641B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2019-12-24 Purdue Research Foundation Adhesives and methods of making the same
US9827135B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2017-11-28 Savage Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for anchoring a sheath in a tissue cavity
EP3223181B1 (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-12-18 Sofradim Production System and method of generating a model and simulating an effect on a surgical repair site
CN106336829A (en) * 2016-09-07 2017-01-18 江南大学 Preparation method for DA (Dopamine)-based adhesive
CN108424520B (en) * 2017-02-15 2020-06-19 中国科学院化学研究所 Biological glue based on polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane modified polyethylene glycol and preparation method and application thereof
US11202848B2 (en) 2017-03-08 2021-12-21 Baxter International Inc. Surgical adhesive able to glue in wet conditions
US10912859B2 (en) * 2017-03-08 2021-02-09 Baxter International Inc. Additive able to provide underwater adhesion
WO2019152917A1 (en) 2018-02-02 2019-08-08 Galen Therapeutics Llc Apparatus and method for protecting neurons and reducing inflammation and scarring
US11564877B2 (en) 2018-10-12 2023-01-31 L'oreal Responsive coatings for hair fibers
CA3129794A1 (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 Frank Ho Pak LAU Method of treating or preventing hernia formation
EP3981393A4 (en) * 2019-07-09 2023-07-19 Cellartgen Inc. Biomimetic tissue-adhesive hydrogel patch and use thereof
WO2021076687A1 (en) * 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 L'oreal Compositions, systems and methods for conferring durable shaping of keratinous fibers
GB201917385D0 (en) * 2019-11-28 2020-01-15 Cambridge Univ Hospitals Nhs Foundation Trust Adhesive composition
US11499076B2 (en) 2020-03-13 2022-11-15 Nautilus Solutions, Llc Bearings and components thereof comprising a hot-melt pressure sensitive adhesive and methods of their preparation
CN114569803B (en) 2020-11-30 2023-10-03 财团法人工业技术研究院 Anti-curl film
WO2022204294A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-09-29 RevBio, Inc. Image guided delivery of compositions and related methods
US11643574B2 (en) * 2021-05-28 2023-05-09 Cohesys Inc. Adhesive devices and uses thereof
FR3127220A1 (en) * 2021-09-22 2023-03-24 Universite De Montpellier STAR-SHAPED POLYMERS FUNCTIONALIZED BY A CATECHOL DERIVATIVE AND THEIR USES
CN114452442A (en) * 2022-01-30 2022-05-10 上海松力生物技术有限公司 Implant for in-situ induction of uterine wall tissue regeneration
CN115819671A (en) * 2022-12-14 2023-03-21 无锡市南京大学锡山应用生物技术研究所 Copolymer containing NVP structure and application thereof in lubricating coating for interventional catheter

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9320826B2 (en) * 2010-11-09 2016-04-26 Kensey Nash Corporation Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Family Cites Families (128)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2439769A1 (en) 1978-10-26 1980-05-23 Oreal N- (2,5-DIHYDROXY-TRIMETHYL-3,4,6) BENZYL ACRYLAMIDE AND METHACRYLAMIDE, THEIR PREPARATION METHOD AND THEIR USE FOR MAKING ANTIOXIDANT POLYMERS
US4983392A (en) 1983-11-14 1991-01-08 Bio-Mimetics, Inc. Bioadhesive compositions and methods of treatment therewith
JPH0830004B2 (en) 1983-11-14 1996-03-27 コロンビア ラボラトリーズ インコーポレイテッド Bioadhesive composition and method of treatment therewith
US5225196A (en) 1983-11-14 1993-07-06 Columbia Laboratories, Inc. Bioadhesive compositions and methods of treatment therewith
US4795436A (en) 1983-11-14 1989-01-03 Bio-Mimetics, Inc. Bioadhesive composition and method of treatment therewith
US4687740A (en) 1984-03-07 1987-08-18 University Of Connecticut Research & Development Corp. Decapeptides produced from bioadhesive polyphenolic proteins
US4496397A (en) 1984-03-07 1985-01-29 University Of Connecticut Process for purifying and stabilizing catechol-containing proteins and materials obtained thereby
US4808702A (en) 1984-03-07 1989-02-28 Waite J Herbert Decapeptides produced from bioadhesive polyphenolic proteins
US4585585A (en) 1984-03-07 1986-04-29 University Of Connecticut Research & Development Corporation Decapeptides produced from bioadhesive polyphenolic proteins
US6309669B1 (en) 1984-03-16 2001-10-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Therapeutic treatment and prevention of infections with a bioactive materials encapsulated within a biodegradable-biocompatible polymeric matrix
US5202256A (en) 1984-09-13 1993-04-13 Enzon Labs, Inc. Bioadhesive precursor protein expression vectors
US5202236A (en) 1984-09-13 1993-04-13 Enzon Labs Inc. Method of producing bioadhesive protein
US5242808A (en) 1984-09-13 1993-09-07 Enzon, Inc. Production of bioadhesive precursor protein analogs by genetically engineered organisms
US5049504A (en) 1986-11-24 1991-09-17 Genex Corporation Bioadhesive coding sequences
US5108923A (en) 1986-04-25 1992-04-28 Collaborative Research, Inc. Bioadhesives for cell and tissue adhesion
JPS6323670A (en) 1986-04-25 1988-01-30 バイオ−ポリマ−ズ　インコ−ポレ−テツド Adhesive coating composition and its production
US5030230A (en) 1986-05-16 1991-07-09 Great Plains Eye Clinic, Ltd. Corneal implant
US5260194A (en) 1986-09-05 1993-11-09 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Immunoseparating strip
JPH02501706A (en) 1986-11-24 1990-06-14 ジェネックス・コーポレーション biological adhesive
JPH0665280B2 (en) 1987-03-04 1994-08-24 味の素株式会社 Protein gelling agent and protein gelling method using the same
US4978336A (en) 1987-09-29 1990-12-18 Hemaedics, Inc. Biological syringe system
US5487739A (en) 1987-11-17 1996-01-30 Brown University Research Foundation Implantable therapy systems and methods
US5192316A (en) 1988-02-16 1993-03-09 Allergan, Inc. Ocular device
US5024933A (en) 1988-05-10 1991-06-18 Enzo Biochem, Inc. Method and kit for sample adherence to test substrate
US4908404A (en) 1988-08-22 1990-03-13 Biopolymers, Inc. Synthetic amino acid-and/or peptide-containing graft copolymers
US5410023A (en) 1989-06-27 1995-04-25 Burzio; Luis O. Peptide useful as adhesive, and process for the preparation thereof
US5574134A (en) 1989-07-11 1996-11-12 University Of Delaware Polypeptide monomers, linearly extended and/or crosslinked forms thereof, and applications thereof
US5098999A (en) 1989-08-23 1992-03-24 Hitachi Chemical Company Amino-protected dopa derivative and production thereof
US5116315A (en) 1989-10-03 1992-05-26 Hemaedics, Inc. Biological syringe system
JPH03294292A (en) 1990-04-11 1991-12-25 O Brugio Louis Peptide useful as adhesive agent and preparation thereof
US5197973A (en) 1990-12-14 1993-03-30 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Synthetic bioadhesive
AU666118B2 (en) 1991-04-25 1996-02-01 Brown University Research Foundation Implantable biocompatible immunoisolatory vehicle for delivery of selected therapeutic products
US5705178A (en) 1991-05-31 1998-01-06 Gliatech, Inc. Methods and compositions based on inhibition of cell invasion and fibrosis by anionic polymers
US5605938A (en) 1991-05-31 1997-02-25 Gliatech, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of cell invasion and fibrosis using dextran sulfate
US6235313B1 (en) 1992-04-24 2001-05-22 Brown University Research Foundation Bioadhesive microspheres and their use as drug delivery and imaging systems
JPH07507682A (en) 1992-05-07 1995-08-31 アクティノバ・リミテッド Immunoglobulin-binding protein derived from L protein and its uses
DK145092D0 (en) 1992-12-03 1992-12-03 Novo Nordisk As
CA2154444A1 (en) 1993-01-21 1994-08-04 John F. W. Keana Chemical functionalization of surfaces
DE69310339T2 (en) 1993-02-19 1997-08-21 Howard Green Preparations that contain corneocyte proteins
US5549904A (en) 1993-06-03 1996-08-27 Orthogene, Inc. Biological adhesive composition and method of promoting adhesion between tissue surfaces
WO1994028937A1 (en) 1993-06-16 1994-12-22 Enzon, Inc. Conjugated biodhesives
US5939385A (en) 1993-08-13 1999-08-17 Zymogenetics, Inc. Transglutaminase cross-linkable polypeptides and methods relating thereto
US5428014A (en) 1993-08-13 1995-06-27 Zymogenetics, Inc. Transglutaminase cross-linkable polypeptides and methods relating thereto
US5520727A (en) 1993-08-16 1996-05-28 The Regents Of University Of California Aqueous algal-based phenolic type adhesives and glues
FR2715309B1 (en) 1994-01-24 1996-08-02 Imedex Adhesive composition, for surgical use, based on collagen modified by oxidative cutting and not crosslinked.
CN1145080A (en) 1994-03-04 1997-03-12 华盛顿大学 Block and grate copolymers and method relating thereof
DE4409217A1 (en) 1994-03-18 1996-02-15 Zirm Matthias Univ Prof Dr Artificial lens
US5582955A (en) 1994-06-23 1996-12-10 State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The University Of Oregon Chemical functionalization of surfaces
US6392118B1 (en) 1994-07-20 2002-05-21 Neurotech S.A. Mx-1 conditionally immortalized cells
US5935849A (en) 1994-07-20 1999-08-10 Cytotherapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions of growth control for cells encapsulated within bioartificial organs
CA2155762C (en) 1994-08-23 2000-04-25 Haruya Sato Protein modification method
US5490980A (en) 1994-09-28 1996-02-13 Chesebrough-Pond's Usa Co., Division Of Conopco, Inc. Covalent bonding of active agents to skin, hair or nails
WO1996010089A1 (en) 1994-09-29 1996-04-04 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Modification of peptide and protein
US5817470A (en) 1995-03-10 1998-10-06 Sociedad Biotecnologica Collico Limitada Immobilization of antigens to solid support by the mussel adhesive polyphenolic protein and the method for use therein
US6129761A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-10-10 Reprogenesis, Inc. Injectable hydrogel compositions
US5830539A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-11-03 The State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The University Of Oregon Methods for functionalizing and coating substrates and devices made according to the methods
US6833408B2 (en) 1995-12-18 2004-12-21 Cohesion Technologies, Inc. Methods for tissue repair using adhesive materials
US6368586B1 (en) 1996-01-26 2002-04-09 Brown University Research Foundation Methods and compositions for enhancing the bioadhesive properties of polymers
US5985312A (en) 1996-01-26 1999-11-16 Brown University Research Foundation Methods and compositions for enhancing the bioadhesive properties of polymers
US5834232A (en) 1996-05-01 1998-11-10 Zymogenetics, Inc. Cross-linked gelatin gels and methods of making them
US5955096A (en) 1996-06-25 1999-09-21 Brown University Research Foundation Methods and compositions for enhancing the bioadhesive properties of polymers using organic excipients
WO1997049736A2 (en) 1996-06-27 1997-12-31 G.D. Searle And Co. Particles comprising amphiphilic copolymers, having a cross-linked shell domain and an interior core domain, useful for pharmaceutical and other applications
JP3407599B2 (en) 1996-07-01 2003-05-19 味の素株式会社 Enzyme preparation for adhesion and method for producing adhesive food
AT1854U1 (en) 1996-08-12 1997-12-29 Hoffmann Annemieken WRISTWATCH
US6284267B1 (en) 1996-08-14 2001-09-04 Nutrimed Biotech Amphiphilic materials and liposome formulations thereof
US7009034B2 (en) 1996-09-23 2006-03-07 Incept, Llc Biocompatible crosslinked polymers
DE19643007A1 (en) 1996-10-18 1998-04-23 Martin Dr Schaerfe Bonding agent for improving the adhesion between tooth substance and fillings, bonding agents for artificial teeth, etc
US6022597A (en) 1996-11-08 2000-02-08 Yan; Mingdi Chemical functionalization of surfaces
US6126903A (en) 1996-11-15 2000-10-03 Biochem Immunosystems, Inc. Blood cell analyzer with tube holder and cap piercer
US6039901A (en) 1997-01-31 2000-03-21 Givaudan Roure Flavors Corporation Enzymatically protein encapsulating oil particles by complex coacervation
CA2307954C (en) 1997-04-03 2010-07-13 California Institute Of Technology Enzyme-medicated modification of fibrin for tissue engineering
ES2210761T3 (en) 1997-05-21 2004-07-01 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University COMPOSITION AND PROCEDURE TO IMPROVE TRANSPORTATION THROUGH BIOLOGICAL MEMBERS.
US6150461A (en) 1997-05-27 2000-11-21 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. Carriers targettable to organ
WO1999036570A2 (en) 1998-01-20 1999-07-22 Pericor Science Inc Transglutaminase linkage of agents to tissue
JP3936058B2 (en) 1998-03-12 2007-06-27 株式会社メニコン Contact lens solution
US6506577B1 (en) 1998-03-19 2003-01-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Synthesis and crosslinking of catechol containing copolypeptides
DE60034601T2 (en) 1998-09-28 2007-12-27 Bio Polymer Products Of Sweden Ab PROCESS FOR PREPARING POLYPHENOLIC ADHESION PROTEINS
US20030099682A1 (en) 1998-11-20 2003-05-29 Francis Moussy Apparatus and method for control of tissue/implant interactions
EP1131114B1 (en) 1998-11-20 2004-06-16 The University of Connecticut Apparatus and method for control of tissue/implant interactions
JP2002531217A (en) 1998-12-04 2002-09-24 チャンドラシェカー ピー． パサック， Biocompatible crosslinked polymer
US6329485B1 (en) 1998-12-11 2001-12-11 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated High refractive index hydrogel compositions for ophthalmic implants
JP2000281699A (en) 1999-01-07 2000-10-10 Ueda Seni Kagaku Shinkokai Adhesive protein having good biocompatibility and its amino acid sequence
US6294187B1 (en) 1999-02-23 2001-09-25 Osteotech, Inc. Load-bearing osteoimplant, method for its manufacture and method of repairing bone using same
US6696073B2 (en) 1999-02-23 2004-02-24 Osteotech, Inc. Shaped load-bearing osteoimplant and methods of making same
US6566074B1 (en) 1999-03-15 2003-05-20 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of modulating cell attachment and migration
EP1206943B1 (en) 1999-08-26 2010-04-07 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Matrix adhering to nasal mucosa
US20010049400A1 (en) 1999-10-25 2001-12-06 Azaam Alli Method of making an optical polymer
PT1589088E (en) 1999-12-17 2007-10-26 Biopolymer Products Of Sweden New bioadhesive composition comprising a bioadhesive polyphenolic protein, a polymer comprising carbohydrate groups, pharmaceutically acceptable fine filaments and uses thereof
CN1404396A (en) 2000-02-16 2003-03-19 西北大学 Polypeptoid pulmonary surfactants
JP2001329183A (en) 2000-05-22 2001-11-27 Yuichi Mori Gelling composition
US6565960B2 (en) 2000-06-01 2003-05-20 Shriners Hospital Of Children Polymer composite compositions
WO2002004113A2 (en) 2000-07-11 2002-01-17 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Methods of patterning protein and cell adhesivity
US9387094B2 (en) 2000-07-19 2016-07-12 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Osteoimplant and method of making same
AR030341A1 (en) 2000-08-14 2003-08-20 Novartis Ag MOLDED BIOMEDICAL ITEMS
US20040049187A1 (en) 2000-10-23 2004-03-11 Stuart Burnett Self-adhesive hydratable matrix for topical therapeutic use
US6635274B1 (en) 2000-10-27 2003-10-21 Biochemics, Inc. Solution-based transdermal drug delivery system
US20020132074A1 (en) 2001-01-30 2002-09-19 Gervasi David J. Chlorofluoro elastomer compositions for use in electrophotoraphic fusing applications
IL159156A0 (en) 2001-06-22 2004-06-01 Millard Marsden Mershon A gel forming composition containing a polyacrylic acid
US7858679B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2010-12-28 Northwestern University Polymeric compositions and related methods of use
US8815793B2 (en) 2001-07-20 2014-08-26 Northwestern University Polymeric compositions and related methods of use
US20030087338A1 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-05-08 Messersmith Phillip B. Adhesive DOPA-containing polymers and related methods of use
GB0123232D0 (en) 2001-09-26 2001-11-21 Smith & Nephew Polymers
US8529956B2 (en) * 2002-03-18 2013-09-10 Carnell Therapeutics Corporation Methods and apparatus for manufacturing plasma based plastics and bioplastics produced therefrom
AU2003216019A1 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-10-08 Magnus Qvist Method for attaching two surfaces to each other using a bioadhesive polyphenolic protein and periodate ions.
US7300991B2 (en) 2002-03-27 2007-11-27 Hitachi, Ltd. Cationic conductor, its intermediate, and lithium secondary battery using the conductor
US6872439B2 (en) 2002-05-13 2005-03-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Adhesive microstructure and method of forming same
GB0216780D0 (en) 2002-07-19 2002-08-28 Bradford Particle Design Ltd Methods of particle formation
US7208171B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2007-04-24 Northwestern University Injectable and bioadhesive polymeric hydrogels as well as related methods of enzymatic preparation
WO2005033198A1 (en) 2003-10-07 2005-04-14 Coloplast A/S A composition useful as an adhesive and use of such a composition
AU2004296404A1 (en) 2003-12-09 2005-06-23 Spherics, Inc. Bioadhesive polymers with catechol functionality
US7033511B2 (en) 2004-01-20 2006-04-25 A-Dec, Inc. Sustained water treatment in dental equipment
DE102004004214A1 (en) 2004-01-27 2005-08-25 Basf Ag Polymer dispersions or solutions with 3,4 dihydroxyphenyl groups
WO2005118831A2 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-12-15 Northwestern University Polymeric compositions and related methods of use
US8685431B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2014-04-01 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Biologically absorbable coatings for implantable devices based on copolymers having ester bonds and methods for fabricating the same
US7988673B2 (en) * 2005-07-14 2011-08-02 Venetec International, Inc. Protective dressing and methods of use thereof
US20070031498A1 (en) 2005-08-02 2007-02-08 Wright Medical Technology, Inc. Gel composition for cellular adhesion inhibition
US7732539B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2010-06-08 National Science Foundation Modified acrylic block copolymers for hydrogels and pressure sensitive wet adhesives
WO2007127225A2 (en) 2006-04-25 2007-11-08 Purdue Research Foundation Cross-linkable polymeric compositions
AU2007283772B2 (en) * 2006-08-04 2013-03-07 Kensey Nash Corporation Biomimetic compounds and synthetic methods therefor
US8383092B2 (en) * 2007-02-16 2013-02-26 Knc Ner Acquisition Sub, Inc. Bioadhesive constructs
US8673286B2 (en) 2007-04-09 2014-03-18 Northwestern University DOPA-functionalized, branched, poly(aklylene oxide) adhesives
US7927620B2 (en) 2007-05-15 2011-04-19 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices having antifouling character
EP2178997A2 (en) * 2007-07-23 2010-04-28 Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. Polymeric masking materials for spanning wound sites, and methods of use thereof
FR2920671B1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2010-08-13 Cousin Biotech TEXTILE IMPLANT, IN PARTICULAR FOR THE REFECTION OF HERNIES
ES2622704T3 (en) * 2007-12-07 2017-07-07 C.R.Bard, Inc. Implantable prosthesis
EP2334305B1 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-22 Kensey Nash Corporation Bioadhesive constructs
WO2010091298A1 (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Nerites Corporation Multibranched bioadhesive compounds and synthetic methods therefor
WO2010091300A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Nerites Corporation Bioadhesive constructs with polymer blends

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9320826B2 (en) * 2010-11-09 2016-04-26 Kensey Nash Corporation Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020041557A1 (en) * 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Purdue Research Foundation Protein-based adhesive and its modification
CN110029499A (en) * 2019-03-29 2019-07-19 苏州大学附属第二医院 Medical high polymer three-dimensional structure composite material and preparation method
US20220025206A1 (en) * 2020-07-27 2022-01-27 Tohoku University Coated particle, dispersion solution, dispersion method of coated particles, coating film, manufacturing method of coating film, and copolymer
US11932773B2 (en) * 2020-07-27 2024-03-19 Tohoku University Coated particle, dispersion solution, dispersion method of coated particles, coating film, manufacturing method of coating film, and copolymer
US11613659B2 (en) 2020-08-11 2023-03-28 Yonsei University, University—Industry Foundation (UIF) Antifouling coating composition comprising copolymer, method of preparing the copolymer, and antifouling film manufactured from the antifouling coating composition
WO2023154736A1 (en) * 2022-02-11 2023-08-17 Joon Bu Park Composite positive and negative poisson's ratio tissue adhesives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2637707A4 (en) 2014-10-01
WO2012064821A2 (en) 2012-05-18
WO2012064821A3 (en) 2013-04-04
EP2637707A2 (en) 2013-09-18
CA2817215C (en) 2017-05-09
US20120116424A1 (en) 2012-05-10
US9320826B2 (en) 2016-04-26
CA2817215A1 (en) 2012-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9320826B2 (en) Adhesive compounds and methods use for hernia repair
AU2010210508B2 (en) Multibranched bioadhesive compounds and synthetic methods therefor
AU2009296249B2 (en) Bioadhesive constructs
US8383092B2 (en) Bioadhesive constructs
US8119742B2 (en) Multi-armed catechol compound blends
EP2346538B1 (en) Fibrous tissue sealant and method of using same
US20120016390A1 (en) Bioadhesive compounds and methods of synthesis and use
US8754285B2 (en) Thin film compositions and methods of synthesis and use therefor
US20020116026A1 (en) Polyester/cyanoacrylate tissue adhesive formulations
AU2011202184B2 (en) Tissue adhesives and sealants and method for their use
KR20090035620A (en) Rapidly acting dry sealant and methods for use and manufacture
US20160032047A1 (en) Peg-based adhesive phenylic derivatives and methods of synthesis and use
US20170312384A9 (en) Multibranched bioadhesive compounds and synthetic methods therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: DSM BIOMEDICAL INC., PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: MERGER AND CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNORS:KENSEY NASH CORPORATION;DSM BIOMEDICAL INC.;REEL/FRAME:043254/0184

Effective date: 20161231

Owner name: DSM IP ASSETS B.V., NETHERLANDS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:DSM BIOMEDICAL INC.;REEL/FRAME:043254/0235

Effective date: 20170125

AS Assignment

Owner name: DSM IP ASSETS B.V., NETHERLANDS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:KENSEY NASH CORP;REEL/FRAME:043352/0062

Effective date: 20161221

AS Assignment

Owner name: KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC., DELAWARE

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NERITES CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:046380/0595

Effective date: 20110127

Owner name: KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC, DELAWARE

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LEE, BRUCE P;DALSIN, JEFFREY L.;MURPHY, JOHN L.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20111116 TO 20120131;REEL/FRAME:046380/0727

Owner name: KENSEY NASH CORPORATION, PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: MERGER AND CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNORS:KNC NER ACQUISITION SUB, INC.;KENSEY NASH CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:046573/0308

Effective date: 20131210

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONMENT FOR FAILURE TO CORRECT DRAWINGS/OATH/NONPUB REQUEST